comprehensive price list & sales guide -...

Version 2.6 July 2013

Comprehensive Price List & Sales Guide

PLEASE SEE

www.watsonfurniture.com/resources/literature

FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

Watson | Table of Contents

Greetings

DesksMIROM2FUSION

Storage

MIROFUSION

Accessories

FRAMES

Terms and Conditions

04

09103350

193

298329

351

389

408

4 | www.watsonfurniture.com

The Watson Desking comprehensive price guide is designed for easy specification. Divided into Desks, Storage, Accessories, and FRAMES, the new format will take you step by step through specifying components for your space. You will find details about MIRO, M2, FUSION, and SEVEN desks; ZO, MIRO, FUSION, and ZONE storage; and universal accessories and tools including the Tak Screen and Jot Board. Also included is FRAMES, a power, voice, and data delivery system compatible with all Watson Desking lines.

You will also notice some new additions. ZO now offers the Team Denza and Team Stak. The economic design of the ZO Team components allows adjacent workstations to share open and closed storage. The M2 line has been enhanced and now includes ZO compatible surface depths and additional shapes to round out the offering. And, ZONE joins the Desking family, elevating the personal gear locker with refined design details.

Whether specifying for the private office, open plan, conference or training space, Watson Desking provides desks, tables, storage, and accessories to meet your team’s needs.

Watson | Greetings

MIROTM Desks

Viga Rectangle / Wedge

Extended Primary

M2TM Desks

Verve Extended Primary Extended Corner

Rectangle

MIRO Conference

AngleVerve

Square Round

Wedge Angle

FloatingZO Storage Top

www.watsonfurniture.com | 5

SEVENTM Desks

FUSIONTM Desks

Elliptic

Corner

Verve

IndependentExtension

Companion Training

Conference

VerveExtended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle

Rectangle Trapezoid Hexagon Square Round

Tables


ZOTM Storage

ZO Denza


ZOTM Storage

ZO Stak

ZO Sto

ZO Side

ZO Robe

ZO Lat

ZO Over

ZO PedZO Team


Display Tower

MIROTM Storage

FUSIONTM storage

Credenza

Wardrobe Combo

Underdesk

Series 1

Overhead

Moto Cab Overhead


Desks | Table of Contents

MIRO

M2

FUSION

SEVEN

10

33

50

79


Designed with the executive private office in mind, MIRO shapes and configurations support both classic and emerging work styles. The crisp lines and elevated design details complement both traditional and contemporary private office and adjacent administration settings. MIRO provides solutions for both fixed and plug-and-go technology.

By introducing 28/20 depth logic, MIRO helps increase spaciousness in condensed footprints by eliminating excess worksurface depth. MIRO components offer configuration flexibility with table lengths and depths designed for use with modular storage elements.

MIRO | Overview

17 Viga

18 Verve

19 Extended Primary

20 Extended Primary Conference End

21 Rectangle

21 Wedge

22 Angle

23 Worksurface

28 Impromptu Meeting

29 Conference

31 Standing Height

32 Console Table

MIRO Desks M2 Desks FUSION Desks SEVEN Desks

MIRO | Statement of Line

Viga Rectangle / Wedge

Rectangle / Wedge

Extended Primary

Extended Primary

MIRO Conference

Angle

Angle

Center Post Leg

MCVREP

Verve

Verve

MDVER

MTVER

MCVREP

MDANG

MTANG

MDWEG

MTWEG

MDLPA

MTLPA

MDLPB

MTLPB

MDREC

MTREC

MDLSA

MTLSA

MCVREC MCVREC

MDVIG MDVMT

MCVSQR

MDVIG

Console Table

MS471


MIRO | Basics

Base Components

MIRO Leg TubeThe triangular MIRO Leg tube is .083 inch thick, induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled 14 gauge sheet steel.

MIRO Bridge LegsMIRO Bridge legs are formed from tube that is CNC miter cut and TIG welded at twin 45o joints. Two identical brake-formed, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel brackets use a channel structure for rigidity.

MIRO Single LegsMIRO single legs (used at the corners of Verve tables) are made from triangular MIRO tube. The mounting plate is formed from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for cleaner appearance and a stronger seam.

MIRO FootThe cast aluminum MIRO foot is mechanically secured to the MIRO leg tube. A leveling glide is threaded into the foot for a maximum 1 inch height adjustment. A hexagonal head is molded into the glide to allow for in-position leveling.

Worksurfaces

MaterialsMIRO worksurfaces are approximately 11/4 inch thick and are composed of synthetic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch MDF (medium density fiberboard) board. The MDF is double refined for strength and a uniform finish.

Worksurfaces that have open spans in excess of 48 inches include heavy gauge steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.

Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts at multiple locations.

Integrated Snap Clip SlotsAll MIRO worksurfaces feature embedded snap clip slots that accept proprietary Snap Clips (sold separately).

GrommetsFactory installed grommets are available for all shapes. Angles have one grommet toward the 28 inch end. Rectangles and Wedges, 60 inches and under in length, have one grommet located toward the middle of the length. All other shapes have two grommets.

EdgesThe MIRO edge is shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate. The profile is hand finished with water-based clear coat or stain.

DimensioningActual MIRO worksurface dimensions (length & width) are 1/2 inch shorter than stated.



MIRO | Worksurface & Base Design

MIRO tables are shaped from double-refined, medium density fiberboard and finished with high pressure, commercial-grade laminates. The edges of the 11/4 inch surface are profiled with a sweeping chamfer into which bases are recessed. The thin, exposed profile and floating effect creates visual lightness atop the robust, steel foundation.

The angular geometric MIRO base is formed from 14 gauge, triangular steel tube elegantly mitred at the corners and fixed to the worksurface using concealed steel brackets.

MIRO | 28/20 Depth Logic

MIRO shapes were created as a result of extensive study into shifting work styles, technology support requirements, and personal tastes. Most tables in the MIRO offering are dimensioned at 28 inch and/or 20 inch depths, rather than traditional 30 inch and 24 inch depths. This 28/20 dimensional logic capitalizes on shrinking technology to provide more free space within the workstation footprint.

The standard steel leg base configuration for all MIRO tables is a bridge-style support positioned at the narrow ends (or end when combined with storage support) of the table.

Viga tables were designed to maximize the visibility of the MIRO base. The Viga configuration is always rectangular in shape and positions the rail along the longer, user and visitor sides of the table.

The bottom height of the rail is 261/4 inches and will accommodate 23 inch storage, with or without casters.


Flat ScreenMonitor

30” 24”28” 20”

Flat ScreenMonitor


MIRO | Grommet Location


VigaAll Rectangles receive two grommets on the back edge.

All Squares and Meeting Tables receive one centered grommet.

Extended Primary & Extended Primary Conference End54 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.

Desks 66 inch and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.

Rectangle & Wedge45 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.

Desks 66 inch and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.

AngleOne grommet on straight edge.

MIRO | Grain Direction

The grain direction for Rectangles, Wedges, and Angles runs the length of the tables. For Extended Primary shapes, the grain runs the direction of the longer of two wings. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined at a 45o diagonal; grains run along the length of both wings and are not matched at the joint.

Verve

Extended Primary

Angle

Rectangle

Wedge


MIRO | Storage Support

MIRO tables can be supported using a base alone or may be combined with storage support. Fitted with risers to accentuate the ‘floating’ surface silhouette, storage support provides extra task support for the design rich environment. An expansive array of configuration options are available to accommodate a wide variety of functional requirements and aesthetic preferences.

In-Line Support Storage support cabinets can be arranged to fit directly below the desktop or they can be configured to extend 15, 18 or 21 inches beyond the end of the desk (30 inch wide units only). This extension provides additional worksurface space for piling and filing and adds architectural interest to the space.

Perpendicular Support The Single Door cabinet is configured to open at a perpendicular angle beneath the worksurface. These cabinets feature grommets and wire management cavities and provide excellent concealed storage for printers or other technology. A touch-latch replaces the cabinet handle providing better leg clearance. 28 and 36 inch deep surfaces overhang perpendicular storage support by 8 inches.

In-Line Support / OffsetIn-Line Support / Flush

Perpendicular Support

15”, 18” or 21”

8” gap

28” or 36” Deep



Today’s office environments require access to power and commutation in a wide range of application spaces. Miro Conference and Meeting tables may be specified with a range of drop-in power and data modules to enhance functionality and support flexible work zones. Compact power modules provide quick access to power in lounges while larger units support conference and war rooms.

Specification Power is specified independently for each top. 24” to 96” deep have 1 centered power option. 108” to 192” deep have 2 evenly distributed power options. 216” to 288” deep have 3 evenly distributed power options.

MIRO | Conference Table Power


Data Face PlatesAA Systimax/CommScope

AA Uniprise/CommScope

BB L-Com Keystone Modular

BB Tyco Sl, and 100 Connect Series Modular Jacks

BB Siemon Keystone Style

BB Allen Tel Versa Tap Series

BB Levitron Quick Port Series

BB Nordx Keystone Style

CC Tyco SL Coupler Series

CC Krone 6000 Series/ADC

CC Hubbell Xcelerator Keystone Series

DD Blank

EE Ortonics TracJack Series

FF Panduit Mini-Com Series

GG Microphone Jack/3-pin XLR, solder type

HH Video Monitor Jack/DB-15, panel mount solder

Grommet+$50Drop-in grommets are available on any Miro table.

Small Drop-in, Plug Option+$722Most tables have the option of a small drop-in (2 power receptacles and 1 data port). Available in Silver/Black or Silver/White.

Chicago Hardwire option available.

Large Drop-in, Plug Option+$1496Large tables have the option of a large drop-in (5 power receptacles and 3 data ports). Chicago Hardwire option available.

Large Drop-in, Hardwire Option+$1774Large tables have the option of a large drop-in (5 power receptacles and 3 data ports). Available in Silver/Black or Silver/White.

Extron Cable Cubby 300+$1650The Cable Cubby provides lidded access to power and data receptacles. Available in Black.


Powdercoat(Legs)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

ZE Clear (see note below)

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FQ Frosty White

HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE (Standard) JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr

WM White Markerboard (see note below)

JL Williamsburg Cherry

D0 Xanadu

High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain)

A1 Asian Night

A2 Asian Sand

B8 Blond Echo

C5 Colombian Walnut

DA Madagascar

QI Monticello Maple

RI Rio

TX Studio Teak

W1 Williamsburg Cherry

X1 Xanadu

MIRO Edge(11/4 inch finished MDF) CH Charcoal

ZE Natural

MIRO | Finishes


Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and higher gloss level.

White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 is added to each Verve.

Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered.

Charcoal Edge OptionThere will be a $50 charge for N45 Charcoal and 90 Charcoal edges. The charge reflects the extra materials and labor costs associated with the application of Charcoal stain.

To view our complete finish offering, visit our website at www.watsondesking.com/finishes.


MMMMM

MMM

MMM

MMM

28 6028 6628 7228 7828 84

36 7236 7836 84

36 3642 4248 48

48 7248 8448 96

MDVIG2860NMDVIG2866NMDVIG2872NMDVIG2878NMDVIG2884N

MDVIG3672NMDVIG3678NMDVIG3684N

MDVIG3636NMDVIG4242NMDVIG4848N

MDVMT48072MDVMT48084MDVMT48096

21152115211524492560

244927822894

161518372060

333936734007

EDGE POWDERSURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

Viga Rectangle

Viga Square

Notes 28 inch high MIRO Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.

23 inch high MIRO Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.

Product Finishes see page 16

Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the “M” edge code above and add $100 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.

StandardQS

Viga Meeting Table


B

A

B

A

B

A

Desk

Miro “M” Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50

Edge OptionsSmartgrain + $125

A / B


MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

66 5466 6066 6666 7266 7866 84

72 5472 6072 6672 7272 7872 84

78 5478 6078 6678 7278 7878 84

84 5484 6084 6684 7284 7884 84

MDVER5454MDVER5460MDVER5466MDVER5472MDVER5478MDVER5484






267126712671267130053116

267126712671267130053116

267126712671267130053116

267126712671267130053116

300530053005300531163450

311631163116311634503561


Verve


StandardQS

A

B

Desk

* Combination of 28” x 28” depth on

both ends is not available.

Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces and joined diagonally at the center.

Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain directions runs lengthwise.See page 13 for details.



DepthSide C*20 = 20”28 = 28”

DepthSide D*20 = 20”28 = 28”

C

D



A / B


MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

MDLSA4254MDLSA4260MDLSA4266MDLSA4272MDLSA4278MDLSA4284



183718371837183721712282

189218921892189222262337

194819481948194822822394


Extended Primary


StandardQS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Desk

Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary docks with an Extended Primary Conference End to create a pocket.




Edge Options

A

B

20

20

Right Hand Shown

Smartgrain + $125

A / B


MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

MDLPA4254MDLPA4260MDLPA4266MDLPA4272MDLPA4278MDLPA4284



MDLPB4254MDLPB4260MDLPB4266MDLPB4272MDLPB4278MDLPB4284



183718371837183721712282

189218921892189222262337

194819481948194822822394

200420042004200423372449

206020602060206023942505

211521152115211524492560


Extended PrimaryConference End


StandardQS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

20

36

Desk

Right Hand Shown

Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary Conference End docks with an Extended Primary to create a pocket.




Edge Options

Right Hand Shown

B

A

20

28

Smartgrain + $125

A / B


MMMMMMMMM

MMMMMMM M

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

20 4520 4820 5420 6020 6620 7220 7520 7820 84

28 4828 5428 6028 6628 7228 7528 7828 84

36 6036 6636 7236 7536 7836 84

20 54 2820 60 2820 66 2820 72 2820 78 2820 84 28

28 54 3628 60 3628 66 3628 72 3628 78 3628 84 36

MDREC2045NMDREC2048NMDREC2054NMDREC2060NMDREC2066NMDREC2072NMDREC2075NMDREC2078NMDREC2084N

MDREC2848NMDREC2854NMDREC2860NMDREC2866NMDREC2872NMDREC2875NMDREC2878NMDREC2884N

MDREC3660NMDREC3666NMDREC3672NMDREC3675NMDREC3678NMDREC3684N

MDWEG2054MDWEG2060MDWEG2066MDWEG2072MDWEG2078MDWEG2084

MDWEG2854MDWEG2860MDWEG2866MDWEG2872MDWEG2878MDWEG2884

111311131336133613361336167016701781

11691392139213921392172617261837

172617261726206020602171

139213921392139217261837

172617261726172620602171


Rectangle


StandardQS

Wedge

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

---------

--------

------

A / B / C

B

AC

B

A

Desk

Right Hand Shown





A / B


M 28 90 MDANG2890 2560


Angle


StandardQS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

36

B

A

Desk

Right Hand Shown



40

64

37

30



A / B


MMMMM

MMMMM

MMMMM

MMMMM

MMMMM

60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84

72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84

78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84

84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84

MTVER6060MTVER6066MTVER6072MTVER6078MTVER6084





19761976197623102422

19761976197623102422

19761976197623102422

23102310231024222755

24222422242227552867


Verve


No Leg / Standard

NS

Worksurface

A

B

Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces and joined diagonally at the center.

Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain directions runs lengthwise. See page 13 for details.

Worksurface ships with one corner leg.



DepthSide C

20 = 20”28 = 28”

DepthSide D

20 = 20”28 = 28”


Edge Options

C

D

* Combination of 28” x 28” depth on

both ends is not available.

Smartgrain + $250

A / B



MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

MTLSA4254MTLSA4260MTLSA4266MTLSA4272MTLSA4278MTLSA4284



150315031503150318371948

155815581558155818922004

161516151615161519482060


Extended Primary


StandardQS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Worksurface

Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary docks with an Extended Primary Conference End to create a pocket.

Worksurface ships with one bridge leg located at the “A” dimension.



Edge Options

A

B

20

20

Right Hand Shown

Smartgrain + $125

A / B


MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

45 5445 6045 6645 7245 7845 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

MTLPA4254MTLPA4260MTLPA4266MTLPA4272MTLPA4278MTLPA4284



MTLPB4254MTLPB4260MTLPB4266MTLPB4272MTLPB4278MTLPB4284



147514751475147518091920

153115311531153118651976

158615861586158619202032

161516151615161519482060

167016701670167020042115

172617261726172620602171


Extended PrimaryConference End


StandardQS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

20

36

Worksurface

Right Hand Shown

Notes 20 inch end of an Extended Primary Conference End docks with an Extended Primary to create a pocket.

Worksurface ships with one bridge leg located at the “A” dimension.



Edge Options

Right Hand Shown

B

A

20

28


Smartgrain + $125

A / B


MMMMMMMMM

MMMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

MMMMMM

M

20 4520 4820 5420 6020 6620 7220 7520 7820 84

28 4828 5428 6028 6628 7228 7828 84

36 6036 6636 7236 7536 7836 84

20 54 2820 60 2820 66 2820 72 2820 78 2820 84 28

28 54 3628 60 3628 66 3628 72 3628 78 3628 84 36

28 90

MTREC2045NMTREC2048NMTREC2054NMTREC2060NMTREC2066NMTREC2072NMTREC2075NMTREC2078NMTREC2084N

MTREC2848NMTREC2854NMTREC2860NMTREC2866NMTREC2872NMTREC2878NMTREC2884N

MTREC3660NMTREC3666NMTREC3672NMTREC3675NMTREC3678NMTREC3684N

MTWEG2054MTWEG2060MTWEG2066MTWEG2072MTWEG2078MTWEG2084

MTWEG2854MTWEG2860MTWEG2866MTWEG2872 MTWEG2878MTWEG2884

MTANG2890

446446668668668668

100210021113

446668668668668

10021113

946946946

128012801391

696696696696

10301141

975975975975

13091420

2199

EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

Rectangle


No Leg / Standard

NS

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

---------

-------

------

Wedge A / B / C

Worksurface

B

AC

B

A

Right Hand Shown





A / B

A / BStandard

QSAngle

36

B

A

40

64

37

30



Finishes see page 16

MCCREC2424-17 1602 48

MCCREC2430-17 1644 58

MCCREC2436-17 1644 58

MCCREC2442-17 1687 68

MCCREC2448-17 1687 68

MCCREC2460-17 1860 79

MCCREC2472-17 1902 89

EDGE POWDERSURFACELAMINATEMODEL NUMBER PRICE WEIGHT

17” highone piece top

Product

Occasional Tables

S = StandardA = Smartgrain (A = + $125)

EDGE

B

A

A / B

24 24

24 30

24 36

24 42

24 48

24 60

24 72

M

M

M

M

M

M

M


Edge Options

Notes When selecting a table, approximately 36 to 48 inches of space between the edge of the table and the wall or other furniture is recommended.

Power is specified per segment. For details, see page 15.

Type PriceNo Power - -Grommet - + $50

2/1 Bryne MHO + $7225/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,4965/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,7745/3 Bryne Ellora + $1,496

Extron Cable Cubby 300

+ $1,650

Power Options

Infeed Length Plug 120” Hardwire 180” Chicago 15” w/ JBox




B

A




Edge Options




+ $1,650

Power Options


MCCREC2424-29 1602 48

MCCREC2430-29 1623 53

MCCREC2436-29 1644 58

MCCREC2442-29 1665 63

MCCREC2448-29 1687 68

MCCREC2460-29 1860 79

MCCREC2472-29 1902 89

MCCREC3030-29 1664 63

MCCREC3036-29 1665 69

MCCREC3042-29 1707 76

MCCREC3048-29 1708 82

MCCREC3060-29 1665 69

MCCREC3072-29 1977 107

MCCREC3084-29 2325 120

MCCREC3636-29 1808 76

MCCREC3642-29 1849 84

MCCREC3648-29 1850 91

MCCREC3660-29 2148 106

MCCREC3672-29 2244 121

MCCREC3684-29 2751 136

MCCREC3696-29 2847 150

MCCREC4242-29 1926 113

MCCREC4248-29 1926 113

MCCREC4260-29 2224 133

MCCREC4272-29 2320 152

MCCREC4284-29 2827 172

MCCREC4296-29 2869 191

MCCREC4848-29 1926 113

MCCREC4860-29 2224 133

MCCREC4872-29 2320 152

MCCREC4884-29 2827 172

MCCREC4896-29 2869 191

MCCREC5460-29 2300 160

MCCREC5472-29 2343 184

MCCREC5484-29 2903 208

MCCREC5496-29 2946 232

MCCREC6060-29 2300 160

MCCREC6072-29 2343 184

MCCREC6084-29 2903 208

MCCREC6096-29 2946 232


Product

Conference


EDGE

A / B

24 24

24 30

24 36

24 42

24 48

24 60

24 72

30 30

30 36

30 42

30 48

30 60

30 72

30 84

36 36

36 42

36 48

36 60

36 72

36 84

36 96

42 42

42 48

42 60

42 72

42 84

42 96

48 48

48 60

48 72

48 84

48 96

54 60

54 72

54 84

54 96

60 60

60 72

60 84

60 96

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M







EDGE

48 108

48 120

48 132

48 144

48 156

48 168

48 180

48 192

54 108

54 120

54 132

54 144

54 156

54 168

54 180

54 192

60 108

60 120

60 132

60 144

60 156

60 168

60 180

60 192

48 216

48 240

48 264

48 288

54 216

54 240

54 264

54 288

60 216

60 240

60 264

60 288

29” hightwo piece top

ProductConference

29” highthree piece top

B

B

A

A


Edge Options

A / B

MCCREC48108-29 6141 300

MCCREC48120-29 6453 336

MCCREC48132-29 6713 363

MCCREC48144-29 6875 391

MCCREC48156-29 7877 418

MCCREC48168-29 8669 447

MCCREC48180-29 8821 474

MCCREC48192-29 8983 501

MCCREC54108-29 6288 347

MCCREC54120-29 6600 388

MCCREC54132-29 6750 397

MCCREC54144-29 6916 452

MCCREC54156-29 8026 506

MCCREC54168-29 8816 517

MCCREC54180-29 8970 549

MCCREC54192-29 9132 581

MCCREC60108-29 6288 347

MCCREC60120-29 6600 388

MCCREC60132-29 6750 397

MCCREC60144-29 6916 452

MCCREC60156-29 8026 506

MCCREC60168-29 8816 517

MCCREC60180-29 8970 549

MCCREC60192-29 9132 581

MCCREC48216-29 9415 560

MCCREC48240-29 10986 633

MCCREC48264-29 11829 680

MCCREC48288-29 12677 750

MCCREC54216-29 9459 648

MCCREC54240-29 11189 735

MCCREC54264-29 12035 789

MCCREC54288-29 12898 868

MCCREC60216-29 9459 648

MCCREC60240-29 11189 735

MCCREC60264-29 12035 789

MCCREC60288-29 12898 868

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M






+ $1,650

Power Options




Product Finishes see page 16Conference


Edge Options


A / B

MCCREC3030-42 1664 63

MCCREC3036-42 1665 69

MCCREC3042-42 1707 76

MCCREC3048-42 1708 82

MCCREC3060-42 1935 94

MCCREC3072-42 1977 107

MCCREC3084-42 2325 120

MCCREC3636-42 1808 76

MCCREC3642-42 1849 84

MCCREC3648-42 1850 91

MCCREC3660-42 2148 106

MCCREC3672-42 2244 121

MCCREC3684-42 2751 136

MCCREC3696-42 2847 150

MCCREC4242-42 1926 113

MCCREC4248-42 1926 113

MCCREC4260-42 2224 133

MCCREC4272-42 2320 152

MCCREC4284-42 2827 172

MCCREC4296-42 2869 191

MCCREC4848-42 1926 113

MCCREC4860-42 2224 133

MCCREC4872-42 2320 152

MCCREC4884-42 2827 172

MCCREC4896-42 2869 191

MCCREC5460-42 2300 160

MCCREC5472-42 2343 184

MCCREC5484-42 2903 208

MCCREC5496-42 2946 232

MCCREC6060-42 2300 160

MCCREC6072-42 2343 184

MCCREC6084-42 2903 208

MCCREC6096-42 2946 232


EDGE

30 30

30 36

30 42

30 48

30 60

30 72

30 84

36 36

36 42

36 48

36 60

36 72

36 84

36 96

42 42

42 48

42 60

42 72

42 84

42 96

48 48

48 60

48 72

48 84

48 96

54 60

54 72

54 84

54 96

60 60

60 72

60 84

60 96

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

B

A






+ $1,650

Power Options



42” hightwo piece top

Product Finishes see page 16Standing Height

42” highthree piece top


Edge Options


A / B



EDGE

48 168

48 180

48 192

54 168

54 180

54 192

60 168

60 180

60 192

48 216

48 240

48 264

48 288

54 216

54 240

54 264

54 288

60 216

60 240

60 264

60 288

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

MCCREC48168-42 8669 447

MCCREC48180-42 8821 474

MCCREC48192-42 8983 501

MCCREC54168-42 8816 517

MCCREC54180-42 8970 549

MCCREC54192-42 9132 581

MCCREC60168-42 8816 517

MCCREC60180-42 8970 549

MCCREC60192-42 9132 581

MCCREC48216-42 9415 560

MCCREC48240-42 10986 633

MCCREC48264-42 11829 680

MCCREC48288-42 12677 750

MCCREC54216-42 9459 648

MCCREC54240-42 11189 735

MCCREC54264-42 12035 789

MCCREC54288-42 12898 868

MCCREC60216-42 9459 648

MCCREC60240-42 11189 735

MCCREC60264-42 12035 789

MCCREC60288-42 12898 868

B

B

A

A






+ $1,650

Power Options



SPSP

20 45 2920 45 34

MS4714529NMS4714534N

22362257

D / W / H

FACE / LAMINATE

CASE / POWDER

PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

Console Table


StandardS

SmartgrainA

23402361

BASE / POWDER

Console Table


Notes Interior drawer dimensions for Console Tables are 21/4 inches high by 12 inches wide by 16 3/8 inches deep.

Face Finish (Laminate)

Case Finish (Powder)

Base (Powder)


M2 rectilinear worksurfaces are designed primarily for open-office applications and for use within compact footprints. Storage supported worksurfaces and a unique shape logic make the most of space as workforce demands change and workspace footprints expand and contract.

M2’s crisp, rectilinear design mirrors the MIRO aesthetic. The line’s space efficient configurations and economic price points are well suited for facilities seeking in-fill that is compatible with MIRO furnished executive spaces. M2 also blends well with components from Watson’s FUSION and ZO lines. Compatible sizing and structural logic extends the capabilities and functional value of all three lines.

M2 | Overview

38 Verve

39 Extended Primary

40 Extended Primary Conference End

41 Extended Corner

41 Wedge

42 Angle

42 Rectangle

43 Square

43 Round

44 Worksurface


M2 | Statement of Line

Verve Extended Primary Extended Corner

Rectangle Square RoundWedge Angle

M2DANG M2TANG

M2DWEG M2TWEG

M2DXRE M2TXRE M2TRFT

M2DLPA M2TLPA

M2DLPB M2TLPB

M2DVER M2TVER

M2DVER M2TVER

M2DXROM2DSQR

M2DXCA M2TXCA


M2 | Basics


Base Components

Triangle Leg TubeM2 legs are induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled sheet steel; roughly 12 gauge material at .083 inch thick. The mounting plate is formed from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for a cleaner appearance and stronger seam. M2’s triangular leg tube matches the MIRO vertical leg profile.

FootThe cast aluminum M2 foot is mechanically secured to the leg tube. A leveling glide is threaded into the foot for a maximum 1 inch height adjustment. A hexagonal head is molded into the glide to allow for in-position leveling.

Worksurfaces

MaterialsWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material (Xylo, Bounce and Duet edges) are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard.

Worksurfaces that have spans in excess of 48 inches include steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.

Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to the desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts.

Built-in Cable ManagementAll M2 worksurfaces feature embedded snap clip slots that accept proprietary Snap Clips (sold separately).

Edges

XyloA synthetic edge made of an extruded PVC polymer, with a durometer chosen for its flexibility, durability and self healing properties, Xylo is 3mm thick with a softly radiused top and bottom edge profile that provides comfort, protection and economy.

N45N45 edges are shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head which exposes MDF substrate in a 45o chamfer for increased edge line visibility. The N45 edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.

90Available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our most traditional silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm synthetic edge with a nominal reveal for the most compact edge profile. The 3mm synthetic 90 Plus edge provides added depth to the reveal for visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.

StrettaThe Stretta edge now matches the MIRO edge silhouette. Shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate, the resulting chamfer creates a sweeping reveal. The Stretta edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.

DimensioningActual worksurface dimensions (length & width) are 1/2 inch shorter than stated.

GrommetsFactory installed grommets are available for all shapes.



M2 | Grommet Location

Square & RoundAll sizes receive one centered grommet.

VerveAll sizes receive one grommet on each Verve half.

Extended Primary & Extended Primary Conference EndAll sizes receive two grommets.

Rectangle & Wedge30 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet on the back edge.

Desks 66 inches and larger receive two grommets on the back edge.

AngleOne grommet on straight edge.

M2 | Grain Direction

Extended CornerAll sizes receive two grommets.

The grain direction runs horizontally along the length of worksurfaces. On Extended Primary and Extended Corner shapes, the grain runs horizontally in the direction of the two longer ends. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined together diagonally at a 45o angle. The grain runs horizontally along the length of each wing; the Verve shape is not grain matched at the seam where the two wings adjoin.

Verve

Extended Primary & Corner

Angle

Rectangle

Wedge


Storage and Leg Support

Full Storage Support

20, 24 or 30 inches

M2 | Storage Support

ZO storage components can be placed on either one or both ends of an M2 worksurface and paired with sets of legs as required. Storage depths must be specified to match worksurface depths.

Storage support utilizes unique riser kits to affix the storage to the worksurface, ensuring a secure and level connection.


Perpendicular Support

20, 24 or 30 inches


Powdercoat(Legs)

BK Black

CH Charcoal


M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FQ Frosty White

Xylo Edge(11/2 mm Polymer) BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

FQ Frosty White

Wood Edge(Stretta, N45, 90) CH Charcoal

ZE Natural

M2 | Finishes



N-45 StrettaXylo 90

M2 | Edges

High Pressure Laminate(Standard) JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr



D0 Xanadu


A1 Asian Night

A2 Asian Sand

B8 Blond Echo

C5 Colombian Walnut

DA Madagascar

QI Monticello Maple

RI Rio

TX Studio Teak


X1 Xanadu

Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and a higher gloss level.

White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 will be added to each Verve. The whiteboard surface is only available with a N45 Natural, Stretta Natural, or 90 Natural edge option.




60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84

72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84

78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84

84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84

M2DVER6060M2DVER6066M2DVER6072M2DVER6078M2DVER6084





20262032209322992304

20322038209823042310

20932098216023652372

22992304236525712578

23042310237225782583


Verve


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

B

A

Desk

Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center.

Worksurface ships with support tube, seam hardware, and five legs.

Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain direction runs lengthwise.

Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376.


Stretta “S” Natural + $400 Charcoal + $450

Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0

N45 “N” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150

90 “U” Natural + $100 Charcoal + $150

DepthSide C

24 = 24”30 = 30”

DepthSide D

24 = 24”30 = 30”

D

C

Smartgrain + $250

A / B




42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

M2DLPB4254M2DLPB4260M2DLPB4266M2DLPB4272M2DLPB4278M2DLPB4284




129713031309130917811787

129713031309130917811787

153115311593159820152021

153115311593159820152021


Extended Primary


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

Desk

Notes Extended Secondary surfaces pair with Extended Primary surfaces to form a pocket.

Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.




Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


54” W Right Hand Shown

D

C

DepthSide C

20 = 20”24 = 24”

DepthSide D

20 = 20”24 = 24”

42 and 48 inch worksurfaces have 4 legs.


Smartgrain + $125

A / B



42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

M2DLPA4254M2DLPA4260M2DLPA4266M2DLPA4272M2DLPA4278M2DLPA4284




129713031309130917811787

129713031309130917811787

153115311593159820152021

153115311593159820152021


Extended Primary Conference End


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

Desk

Notes Extended Primary surfaces pair with Extended Secondary surfaces to form a pocket.

Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.




Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0



DepthSide C

30 = 30”36 = 36”

DepthSide D

20 = 20”24 = 24”

303030303030

303030303030

303030303030

3030

C

D



Smartgrain + $125

A / B



Notes Worksurfaces that are 54 inches or longer require 5 legs instead of 4.


48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

30 54 2430 60 2430 66 2430 72 2430 78 2430 84 24

36 54 3036 60 3036 66 3036 72 3036 78 3036 84 30

M2DXCA4854M2DXCA4860M2DXCA4866M2DXCA4872M2DXCA4878M2DXCA4884

M2DXCA5454M2DXCA5460M2DXCA5466M2DXCA5472M2DXCA5478M2DXCA5484

M2DWEG3054M2DWEG3060M2DWEG3066M2DWEG3072M2DWEG3078M2DWEG3084

M2DWEG3654M2DWEG3660M2DWEG3666M2DWEG3672M2DWEG3678M2DWEG3684

129713031309130917811787

153115311593159820152021

100810131020108012861292

123112361242130317141721


Extended Corner


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Wedge

B

A

24

24

Desk




Edge Options

Xylo “X”+ $0



Left Hand Shown

B

AC

A / B / C



Smartgrain + $125

A / B



33

30 90

24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84

30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84

36 3636 4236 4836 5436 6036 6636 7236 7836 84

M2DANG3090

M2DXRE2430NM2DXRE2436NM2DXRE2442NM2DXRE2448NM2DXRE2454NM2DXRE2460NM2DXRE2466NM2DXRE2472NM2DXRE2478NM2DXRE2484N

M2DXRE3030NM2DXRE3036NM2DXRE3042NM2DXRE3048NM2DXRE3054NM2DXRE3060NM2DXRE3066NM2DXRE3072NM2DXRE3078NM2DXRE3084N

M2DXRE3636NM2DXRE3642NM2DXRE3648NM2DXRE3654NM2DXRE3660NM2DXRE3666NM2DXRE3672NM2DXRE3678NM2DXRE3684N

1839

746752791797

100810131020108012861292

746752791797

100810131020108012861292

864936943

123112361242130317141721


Angle


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Rectangle

B

A

Desk



Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


----------

----------

---------

HAND

L = LeftR = Right


36

B

A

6330

44

Smartgrain + $125

A / B




48 4860 60

36 Diameter42 Diameter48 Diameter60 Diameter

M2DSQR4848M2DSQR6060

M2DXRO3636M2DXRO4242M2DXRO4848M2DXRO6060

10911319

725889

10911319


Square


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Round

Desk



Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0



B

A

42 Diameter Shown

Notes 36 and 42 inch Round receives 3 legs.

48 and 60 inch Round receives 4 legs.

Smartgrain + $125

A / B



M2TVER6060M2TVER6066M2TVER6072M2TVER6078M2TVER6084





14701475153717421748

14751481154217481754

15371542160318091815

17421748180920152021

17481754181520212026

Notes Verve tables are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center.

Verve corners are not grain matched. Grain direction runs lengthwise.

Worksurface ships with support tube, seam hardware, and corner leg.



60 6060 6660 7260 7860 84

66 6066 6666 7266 7866 84

72 6072 6672 7272 7872 84

78 6078 6678 7278 7878 84

84 6084 6684 7284 7884 84


Verve


StandardNS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

B

A

Worksurface


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


DepthSide C

24 = 24”30 = 30”

DepthSide D

24 = 24”30 = 30”

D

C

Smartgrain + $250

A / B




M2TLPB4254M2TLPB4260M2TLPB4266M2TLPB4272M2TLPB4278M2TLPB4284




880886891891

13641370

880886891891

13641370

975975

1036104214591465

975975

1036104214591465

Notes 66 inch and longer surfaces can accept pedestal support.

All surface lengths can accept ZO side support using a ZO side support bracket.

42 and 48 inch surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent storage support.

54 and 60 inch surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent storage support.

Worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.



42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84


Extended Primary


StandardNS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

Worksurface


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


Right Hand Shown

D

C

DepthSide C

20 = 20”24 = 24”

DepthSide D

20 = 20”24 = 24”

Smartgrain + $125

A / B



M2TLPA4254M2TLPA4260M2TLPA4266M2TLPA4272M2TLPA4278M2TLPA4284




880886891891

13641370

880886891891

13641370

975975

1036104214591465

975975

1036104214591465



Worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.

42 and 48 inch surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent stor-age support.

54 and 60 inch surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent stor-age support.



42 5442 6042 6642 7242 7842 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

60 5460 6060 6660 7260 7860 84


Extended Primary Conference End


StandardNS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Worksurface


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


DepthSide C

30 = 30”36 = 36”

DepthSide D

20 = 20”24 = 24”

303030303030

303030303030

303030303030

3030

B

A

Right Hand Shown

C

D

Smartgrain + $125

A / B





Extended Corner worksurface ships with support tube and corner leg.

42 and 48 inch Extended Corner surfaces require three additional legs or equivalent storage support.

54 and 60 inch Extended Corner surfaces require four additional legs or equivalent storage support.



48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

30 54 2430 60 2430 66 2430 72 2430 78 2430 84 24

36 54 3036 60 3036 66 3036 72 3036 78 3036 84 30

M2TXCA4854M2TXCA4860M2TXCA4866M2TXCA4872M2TXCA4878M2TXCA4884

M2TXCA5454M2TXCA5460M2TXCA5466M2TXCA5472M2TXCA5478M2TXCA5484

M2TWEG3054M2TWEG3060M2TWEG3066M2TWEG3072M2TWEG3078M2TWEG3084

M2TWEG3654M2TWEG3660M2TWEG3666M2TWEG3672M2TWEG3678M2TWEG3684

880886892892

13641370

975975

1036104214591465

452457463524730736

674680686746

11581164


Extended Corner


StandardNS

------

------

BASE

See OptionsBelow

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Wedge

B

A

24

24

Worksurface


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


Right Hand Shown

B

AC

A / B / C

Smartgrain + $125

A / B



30 90 M2TANG3090 1283


Angle


StandardMS

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Worksurface



Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0


HAND

L = LeftR = Right

3336

B

A

6330

44


Notes Angle surface ships with legs on 36 inch wide end.

Smartgrain + $125

A / B



Rectangle

B

A


24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84

30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84

36 3636 4236 4836 5436 6036 6636 7236 7836 84

20 3020 3620 4520 6020 7220 7520 7820 8420 90

M2TXRE2430NM2TXRE2436NM2TXRE2442NM2TXRE2448NM2TXRE2454NM2TXRE2460NM2TXRE2466NM2TXRE2472NM2TXRE2478NM2TXRE2484N

M2TXRE3030NM2TXRE3036NM2TXRE3042NM2TXRE3048NM2TXRE3054NM2TXRE3060NM2TXRE3066NM2TXRE3072NM2TXRE3078NM2TXRE3084N

M2TXRE3636NM2TXRE3642NM2TXRE3648NM2TXRE3654NM2TXRE3660NM2TXRE3666NM2TXRE3672NM2TXRE3678NM2TXRE3684N

M2TRFT2030M2TRFT2036M2TRFT2045M2TRFT2060M2TRFT2072M2TRFT2075M2TRFT2078M2TRFT2084M2TRFT2090

190196234241452457463524730736

190196234241452457463524730736

301374435663719724730

11481208

190196241457524730730736736746


Floating M2 Storage Top


StandardNS

See OptionsBelow

B

A

Worksurface



Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0



Notes Sizes listed for Floating ZO Storage Top are exact dimensions of work-surface.

Floating ZO Storage top is sized to compliment ZO storage units.

Smartgrain + $125

A / B


Success in any enterprise depends on the interaction of talented, energetic people. Office furniture should encourage this interaction by enabling the easy exchange of ideas and information. FUSION furniture inspires employees and energizes the office with organic-shaped, freestanding, user-adjustable desks and mobile storage and accessories.

Reconfigurable shapes and convergent surfaces make FUSION the ideal choice for organizations seeking a comprehensive solution for open-plan in-fill, private offices, conferencing and training.

FUSION | Overview

60 Verve

62 Elliptic Group

64 Corner

69 Extension

71 Independent

73 Companion

75 Learning/Training

76 Conference


FUSION | Statement of Line

Elliptic

Verve

Extension Companion Training

Conference

VER

VEC VRC VCR

XPO

Corner

XCA YCA ZCA

XCS YCS

XCC YCC

XCR YCR

XPC

XCO XIN

XPB XAA

XCE XRE

XAC XAB

XELXFI

XKT XKE

XWIXOR XMO XRO

XEF XEE XEC

XNWXTN XNI

XKN

Independent

XFL XAR XMP XTRXSA XPN


FUSION | Basics

Base Components

Parabolic and Impulse Leg TubeThe tube is induction welded, cold rolled steel, mill-formed on a progressive die line from coiled sheet steel; roughly 12 gauge material at .084 inch thick.

Extension AssemblyThe adjustable assembly is made of two primary components called the Collar (sleeve that is mounted in the tube) and the Column (shaft with the adjustment hole pattern). The Column is held rigidly in place within the Collar using set-screws to obtain a solid mechanical interlock. Glide pads and casters fasten to the bottom of the Column.

Column and Collar are made of recyclable 10% glass-filled Nylon thermoplastic. The Column is a solid shaft, reinforced with a 1/2 inch diameter structural steel core for maximum rigidity.

A 1/2 inch center-to-center height adjustment hole spacing is held by two Allen drive 1/4-20 set-screws for a stout grip into the 1/8 inch deep holes. The holes are chamfered to better lead the set-screws into alignment.

The two set-screws require only four revolutions each to release the column for adjustment. The set-screws are properly installed when they protrude just slightly above the surface.

The two set-screws are set in the Collar’s steel, dual threaded insert plate and carry the load of the leg, preventing insert pull-out and stripping of the inserts within the Collar.

3 inch diameter pads have 3/4 inch maximum height adjustment and 25o orbital pivot capability.

Desk casters are load rated at 75 pounds each.

Stride LegsA mounting bracket of dual channel, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel is used for 24, 27 and 30 inch leg widths. The box structured bracket provides added rigidity.

Vibe LegsVibe legs have an 86 inch exterior bend radius. The mounting plate is stamped from 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel that is perimeter MIG welded from the top, hiding the weld for a cleaner appearance and stronger seam.

Bridge LegsThe parabolic tube is CNC miter cut and TIG welded at twin 45o joints. Two identical brake formed, 12 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel brackets provide added rigidity.

Impulse LegsTop support brackets are 13 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel. Crank handles are die cast, powdercoated zinc alloy. Toecaps are injection molded, 10% glass-filled Nylon. Glides are screwed into metal inserts welded into the horizontal parabolic tube to assure the glide connections are not damaged when the furniture is moved. The adjustment mechanism utilizes beveled gear lift assemblies in each leg connected by extruded aluminum shafts.

Decorative shrouds, formed of 16 gauge sheet metal, are magnetically attached to the 2 inch by 2 inch Impulse leg. An injection-molded, polyethelene cap snaps into the shroud cover once in place.

Worksurfaces Worksurface dimensions are nominally adjusted by 1/2 inch to allow for movement.

MaterialsWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material (Xylo, Bounce and Duet) are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard.



FUSION | Basics (continued)

Worksurfaces that feature a Stretta or N45 edge are 11/4 inch thick and are composed of horizontal grades of plastic laminate and backing material bonded to a 11/8 inch MDF. The MDF is double refined for strength and uniformity.

Worksurfaces that have spans in excess of 48 inches include additional steel reinforcement to reduce deflection.

Metal-to-Metal ConnectionsLegs are fastened to the desk surfaces with machine screws threaded into metal inserts.

Built-in Cable ManagementCable management is provided with all tops. Routered Snap Points accept proprietary Snap Clips; five Snaps are included with each desk.

Edges

Xylo and BounceThese are synthetic edges made of an extruded PVC polymer, with a durometer chosen for its flexibility, durability and self healing properties. Xylo is 3mm thick with a softly radiused top and bottom edge profile that provides comfort, protection and economy. Bounce is 11mm thick and softly profiled for comfort and appearance. Duet is a combination of a 3mm thermofused edgeband, applied to the non-user edges for seamless desk alignment, and Bounce applied to the user edge for comfort.

N45N45 edges are shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head which exposes MDF substrate in a 45o chamfer for increased edge line visibility. The N45 edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.

90Available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our most traditional silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm synthetic edge with a nominal reveal for our most compact edge profile. The 3mm synthetic 90 Plus edge provides added depth to the reveal for visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.

StrettaThe Stretta edge now matches the MIRO edge silhouette. Shaped by a custom profiled CNC cutting head that exposes the MDF substrate, the resulting chamfer creates a sweeping reveal. The Stretta edge may be specified with a Clear topcoat or Charcoal stain.




FUSION | Base Options

Stride26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.

Vibe26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.

Bridge26 to 32 inch range of adjustment.

Impulse26 to 39 inch range of adjustment.

Fixed, Notch, and Crank.

The Leg Extension Assembly brings an unprecedented level of user control to the Fusion product line, providing a six inch range of height adjustability to parabolic leg tube bases. Standard delivery height for Watson desks with Leg Extension Assemblies is 291/2 inches.

FUSION | Extension Assembly

Glide Pads / Casters (Mobile Desks) 3 inch diameter swivel glide pads or 21/4 inch diameter casters are interchangeable

on site. Glides have 1/2 inch maximum height

adjustment, and a 25o orbital pivot capability.

For mobile desks, two casters are included

for the rear leg assemblies. See below for

the adjustability differences between casters

and glide pads.

Collar

Column

Glide Pad

Setscrews

Parabolic Tube

Assembly Components The two hex-drive, set-screws require only

four revolutions each to release the column

for adjustment. Set-screws are held within

the collar’s dual threaded insert plate,

carrying the load of the leg and preventing

insert pull-out or stripping.

Adjustment Increments Column has 1/2 inch center-to-center height

adjustment hole spacing for the set-screws.

The column has 1 inch height indicator

dots, and upper and lower extension limit

indicator lines.

.5”

.5”


Modular DesksDesks with only glide pads have a height

range of 261/2 to 321/2 inches. Adjustment of desks with the Stride base differs at

the highest and lowest points by 1/8 inch. Glide pads adjust to compensate for this difference.

Mobile DesksDesks with glide pads and casters have a

height range of 281/2 to 321/2 inches because casters are taller than the glide.

Caster DesksDesks with casters only have a height range of 281/2 to 341/2 inches.

FUSION | Glide & Caster Adjustment


Bi-LevelThe unique bi-level mechanism provides 6 inches of articulation, allowing maximum knee space and under-desk maneuverability. A separate tilt adjustment (±15°) maintains the selected tilt angle throughout the travel range. The Innovative design provides smooth, quiet, and immediate counterbalanced adjustment. A 360° rear swivel allows for optimum positioning and easy stowage. The rugged steel construction ensures stability and durability.

Sit-to-StandThe unique Sit-to-Stand mechanism provides 121/2 inches of articulation (51/4 inches up, 51/2 inches down and infinite adjustment within the range) and a separate tilt adjustment (+10° / -20°) for maximum knee space and room to maneuver. A 360° rear swivel allows for optimum positioning and easy stowage. The rugged steel construction ensures stability and durability.

The Verve Keyboard has the same characteristics as Sit-to-Stand mechanism, but is not retractable.

FUSION | Keyboard Adjustment

Bi-Level Sit-to-Stand

6” 15o negative tilt

15o positive tilt

20o negative tilt

20o positive tilt

45”

20”

11” retractable


FUSION | Grommet Location


Elliptic GroupAll Elliptic Group surfaces receive two grommets.

VerveAll Verves receive one grommet in each half (two total).

CornerAll Corners receive two grommets except for the XCR and YCR.

All sizes of the XCR and YCR receive one centered grommet.

Extensions30 to 60 inch desks receive one grommet. 66 inch and larger desks receive two grommets.

All sizes of XCE receive one grommet.

IndependentsAll sizes and shapes receive one grommet except the XTR.

XTR receives two grommets.

XMP and XPN do not receive grommets.

TrainingAll sizes and shapes receive one grommet.

FUSION | Grain Direction

Grain direction for desks and conference room surfaces run the length of the tables. For Extended Corners, grain runs in the direction of the two longer ends. Verve tables are comprised of two separate wings joined at a 45o diagonal; grain runs along the length of both wings and is not grain matched at the joint.

Verve Extended CornerFlair Conference

EndNovak

Extended Corner


FUSION | Keystone Conference Table

The Keystone conference series provides solutions for the changing dynamics of modern conference rooms. Designed to support the use of multiple presentation formats and technologies, the Keystone accommodates individual presentations and group discussions.

Articulating wings shift seating postures to optimize interaction with a meeting leader, other participants, or a presentation screen. Convergent extensions accommodate up to six additional seating positions. Keystone provides AC power and supports the direct installation of voice and data wiring.

Primary Surface


Keystone Surface

Centered AdjustmentA proprietary gear mechanism maintains a symmetrical configuration as the articulating wings open or close. This mechanism also maintains the table’s orientation in the room as the wings are shifted in or out.

Surface ColorsSeparate laminate color selections may be made for the Primary Surface, the Keystone Surface, and the Extension.


FUSION | Elektra Conference Table

The segmented scalability of Elektra Conference Tables are an ideal fit for the transitional learning environment. Create small breakout groups or combine tables to form long and lean work and collaboration zones.


FUSION | Knife Conference Table

Knife conference tables seat up to 3 individuals per table and support a wide range of applications. Knife tables can be arranged separately for small gatherings, in pairs to form semi-circles, or in quadrants to form ovals. Quadrants can seat up to 14 individuals.


FUSION | Novak Training Table

For both small and large groups and spaces, the unique shape of FUSION training tables supports learning environments with compelling configurations. Designed specifically for technology-oriented learning environments, the Novak Wave facilitates superior line of sight to the instructor and increased row density by rotating the seating angle of the user.


Novak Wave

Novak Instructional

43”

41”32”


Powdercoat(Legs)

BK Black

CH Charcoal


M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FQ Frosty White

FUSION | Finishes


Xylo Edge(Polymer T-Mold) BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

FQ Frosty White

Wood Edge(Stretta, N45, 90) CH Charcoal

ZE Natural


N45 StrettaXylo 90

FUSION | Edges

High Pressure Laminate(Standard JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr



D0 Xanadu

High Pressure Laminate(Smartgrain) A1 Asian Night

A2 Asian Sand

B8 Blond Echo

C5 Colombian Walnut

DA Madagascar

QI Monticello Maple

RI Rio

TX Studio Teak


X1 Xanadu

Smartgrain LaminatesSmartgrain Laminates feature the polish and luxe of wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow grain structure and a higher gloss level.

White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $500 will be added to each Verve. The markerboard surface is only available with a N45 Natural, Stretta Natural, or 90 Natural edge option.




60 6060 6660 7260 78

66 6066 6666 7266 78

72 6072 6672 7272 78

78 6078 6678 7278 78

66 6666 7266 78

72 6672 7272 78

78 6678 7278 78

VER6060 VER6066 VER6072 VER6078

VER6660 VER6666 VER6672 VER6678

VER7260VER7266VER7272VER7278

VER7860VER7866VER7872VER7878

VEC6666VEC6672VEC6678



2037204321042309

2043204821102316

2104211021712377

2309231623772583

204821102316

211021712377

231623772583

EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER

Verve


2766277228333038

2772277728393045

2833283929003106

3038304531063312

277728393045

283929003106

304531063312

BASE

See OptionsBelow

303030

303030

303030

DepthSide C

24 = 24”30 = 30”

Verve Conference End

303030

303030

303030

1937194320042209

1943194820102216

2004201020712277

2209221622772483

194820102216

201020712277

221622772483

BASE

2026203220932298

2032203720992305

2093209921602366

2298230523662572

203720992305

209921602366

230523662572

2193219922602465

2199220422662472

2260226623272533

2465247225332739

220422662472

226623272533

247225332739

2861286729283133

2867287229343140

2928293429953201

3133314032013407

287229343140

293429953201

314032013407

2277228323442549

2283228823502556

2344235024112617

2549255626172823

228823502556

235024112617

255626172823

SMART-GRAIN

(+250)

A = Yes- = No

DepthSide D

24 = 24”30 = 30”

B

A

D

C

Verve

B

A

30

30

Notes Verve Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.

Verve desks are delivered in two pieces joined diagonally at the center using tabs and tight-joint fasteners.

Verve desks with Duet edges do not have a chamfered corner for cable management.


Keyboard Option An extended range keyboard may be added; it adjusts from 5 inches below the worksurface to 8 inches above - $402 list. See page 379 to order.

Decorative Shrouds Decorative shrouds for exposed Impulse base applications are available at $100 each. See page 275 to order.


Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




60 6660 7260 78

66 6666 7266 78

72 6672 7272 78

78 6678 7278 78

66 6066 6666 7266 78

72 6072 6672 7272 78

78 6078 6678 7278 78

VRC6066 VRC6072 VRC6078

VRC6666VRC6672VRC6678



VCR6660 VCR6666VCR6672VCR6678

VCR7260VCR7266VCR7272VCR7278

VCR7860VCR7866VCR7872VCR7878

204321042309

204821102316

211021712377

231623772583

2043204821102316

2104211021712377

2309231623772583


Verve Right HandConference End


Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

277228333038

277728393045

283929003106

304531063312

2772277728393045

2833283929003106

3038304531063312

BASE

See OptionsBelow

30303030

30303030

30303030

DepthSide C

24 = 24”30 = 30”

Verve Left HandConference End

303030

303030

303030

303030

194320042209

194820102216

201020712277

221622772483

1943194820102216

2004201020712277

2209221622772483

BASE

203220932298

203720992305

209921602366

230523662572

2032203720992305

2093209921602366

2298230523662572

219922602465

220422662472

226623272533

247225332739

2199220422662472

2260226623272533

2465247225332739

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

286729283133

287229343140

293429953201

314032013407

2867287229343140

2928293429953201

3133314032013407

Impulse Front Crank

G

228323442549

228823502556

235024112617

255626172823

2283228823502556

2344235024112617

2549255626172823

Impulse Notch

E

SMART-GRAIN

(+250)

A = Yes- = No

DepthSide D

24 = 24”30 = 30”

Verve

B

A

C

30

B

A

30

D

Notes Verve Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.

Verve desks are delivered in two pieces then joined diagonally at the center using tabs and tight-joint fasteners.

Verve desks with Duet edges do not have a chamfered corner for cable management.


Keyboard Option An extended range keyboard may be added; it adjusts from 5 inches below the worksurface to 8 inches above - $402 list. See page 275 to order.



A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




48 4848 6048 7248 84

48 6648 7248 78 48 84

48 6648 7248 78 48 84

XPO4848XPO4860XPO4872XPO4884

XPC4866 XPC4872 XPC4878XPC4884

XPB4866 XPB4872 XPB4878 XPB4884

1176140414711894

1465147118881894

1465147118881894


Elliptic Pocket


1904213221992622

2193219926162622

2193219926162622

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Elliptic Pocket Conference End

1214144215091932

1503150919261932

1553155919761982

BASE

1164139214591882

1453145918761882

1453145918761882

1331155916262049

1620162620432049

1620162620432049

1999222722942717

2288229427112717

2288229427112717

1415164317102133

1704171021272133

1704171021272133

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Elliptic Pocket Bowed Front

B

A

B

A

B

A

Elliptic Group

Notes Elliptic Pocket Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.




Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




48 4848 6048 7248 84

48 6648 7248 7848 84

48 6648 7248 7848 84

XAA4848XAA4860XAA4872 XAA4884

XAC4866XAC4872XAC4878XAC4884

XAB4866XAB4872XAB4878XAB4884

1176140414711894

1465147118881894

1465147118881894


Elliptic Arc


1904213221992622

2193219926162622

2193219926162622

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Elliptic ArcConference End

1214144215091932

1503150919261932

1553155919761982

BASE

1331155916262049

1620162620432049

1620162620432049

1999222722942717

2288229427112717

2288229427112717

1415164317102133

1704171021272133

1704171021272133

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Elliptic ArcBowed Front

B

A

B

A

B

A

Elliptic Group

Notes Elliptic Pocket Conference Ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.




Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

1164139214591882

1453145918761882

1453145918761882

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

XCA4854XCA4860XCA4866XCA4872XCA4878XCA4884

XCA5454XCA5460XCA5466XCA5472XCA5478XCA5484

YCA4854YCA4860YCA4866YCA4872YCA4878YCA4884

YCA5454YCA5460YCA5466YCA5472YCA5478YCA5484

140414041465147118881894

140414041465147118881894

174317431804181122282233

174317431804181122282233


Extended Corner Arc


213221322193219926162622

213221322193219926162622

247124712532253929562961

247124712532253929562961

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Extended Corner ArcBi-Level

144214421503150919261932

144214421503150919261932

178117811842184922662271

178117811842184922662271

BASE

139213921453145918761882

139213921453145918761882

173117311792179922162221

173117311792179922162221

155915591620162620432049

155915591620162620432049

189818981959196623832388

189818981959196623832388

164316431704171021272133

164316431704171021272133

198219822043205024672472

198219822043205024672472

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

Corner

B

A

Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376..


24

24

24

24


Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

222722272288229427112717

222722272288229427112717

256625662627263430513056

256625662627263430513056

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




48 5448 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 5454 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

ZCA4854ZCA4860ZCA4866ZCA4872ZCA4878ZCA4884

ZCA5454ZCA5460ZCA5466ZCA5472ZCA5478ZCA5484

187118711932193923562361

187118711932193923562361


Extended Corner ArcSit-to-Stand


259925992660266730843089

259925992660266730843089

BASE

See OptionsBelow

190919091970197723942399

190919091970197723942399

BASE

185918591920192723442349

185918591920192723442349

202620262087209425112516

202620262087209425112516

269426942755276231793184

269426942755276231793184

211021102171217825952600

211021102171217825952600

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Corner

B

A



24

24


Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




48 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

48 6048 6648 7248 7848 84

54 6054 6654 7254 7854 84

XCS4860XCS4866XCS4872XCS4878XCS4884

XCS5460XCS5466XCS5472XCS5478XCS5484

YCS4860YCS4866YCS4872YCS4878YCS4884

YCS5460YCS5466YCS5472YCS5478YCS5484

14041465147118881894

14041465147118881894

17431804181122282233

17431804181122282233


Extended Corner Serpentine


21322193219926162622

21322193219926162622

24712532253929562961

24712532253929562961

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Extended Corner Serpentine Bi-Level

14421503150919261932

14421503150919261932

17811842184922662271

17811842184922662271

BASE

13921453145918761882

13921453145918761882

17311792179922162221

17311792179922162221

15591620162620432049

15591620162620432049

18981959196623832388

18981959196623832388

22272288229427112717

22272288229427112717

25662627263430513056

25662627263430513056

16431704171021272133

16431704171021272133

19822043205024672472

19822043205024672472

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

Corner

B

A



30

30


Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0





48 6648 7248 7848 84

54 6654 7254 7854 84

48 6648 7248 7848 84

54 6654 7254 7854 84

XCC4866XCC4872XCC4878XCC4884

XCC5466XCC5472XCC5478XCC5484

YCC4866YCC4872YCC4878YCC4884

YCC5466YCC5472YCC5478YCC5484

1465147118881894

1465147118881894

1804181122282233

1804181122282233


Extended CornerConference End


2193219926162622

2193219926162622

2532253929562961

2532253929562961

BASE

See OptionsBelow

1503150919261932

1503150919261932

1842184922662271

1842184922662271

BASE

1453145918761882

1453145918761882

1792179922162221

1792179922162221

1620162620432049

1620162620432049

1959196623832388

1959196623832388

2288229427112717

2288229427112717

2627263430513056

2627263430513056

1704171021272133

1704171021272133

2043205024672472

2043205024672472

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Extended Corner Conference End Bi-Level

B

A

Corner

B

A

Notes Extended Corner Conference ends share a docking radius with Companion Tables.




Right Hand Shown

Right Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




42 24

48 24

48 30

30 48

XCR2442

XCR2448

XCR3048

YCR3048

832

860

886

1224

EDGESURFACEEDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE

Corner Radius


995

1023

1049

1387

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Corner RadiusBi-Level

1348

1376

1402

1740

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

A

B

Corner

B

A

Notes Corner Radius desks accommodate 24 and 30 inch Extensions.




Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0



www.watsonfurniture.com | 69www.watsonfurniture.com | 69

30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 72

30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 72

30 4230 4830 5430 60

XCO3030XCO3036XCO3042XCO3048XCO3054XCO3060XCO3066XCO3072

XIN3030XIN3036XIN3042XIN3048XIN3054XIN3060XIN3066XIN3072

XCE3042XCE3048XCE3054XCE3060

669674714719930937942

1003

669674714719930937942

1003

714719930937


Contour


11801185122512301441144814531514

11801185122512301441144814531514

1225123014411448

BASE

See OptionsBelow

657662702707918925930991

657662702707918925930991

702707918925

BASE

746751791796

1007101410191080

746751791796

1007101410191080

791796

10071014

913918958963

1174118111861247

913918958963

1174118111861247

958963

11741181

13091314135413591570157715821643

13091314135413591570157715821643

1354135915701577

829834874879

1090109711021163

829834874879

1090109711021163

874879

10901097

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Inset

Conference End

B

A

B

A

B

A

Extension




Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




24 3024 3624 4224 4824 5424 6024 6624 7224 7824 84

30 3030 3630 4230 4830 5430 6030 6630 7230 7830 84

XRE2430XRE2436XRE2442XRE2448XRE2454XRE2460XRE2466XRE2472XRE2478XRE2484

XRE3030XRE3036XRE3042XRE3048XRE3054XRE3060XRE3066XRE3072XRE3078XRE3084

670675714720931937942

100412101215

670675714616931937942

100412101215


Rectangle


1181118612251231144214481453151517211726

1181118612251127144214481453151517211726

BASE

See OptionsBelow

658663702708919925930992

11981203

658663702604919925930992

11981203

BASE

747752791797

100810141019108112871292

747752791693

100810141019108112871292

914919958964

117511811186124814541459

914919958860

117511811186124814541459

1310131513541360157115771582164418501855

1310131513541256157115771582164418501855

830835874880

109110971102116413701375

830835874776

109110971102116413701375

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

B

A

Extension

Grommets To add factory installed grommets, place a “G” after the edge code above and add $75 list for each desk. To order field installed grommets, see page 376..



Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




34 6636 7243 7845 84

36 7239 7842 84

30 6036 6636 72

30 72

XFL3466XFL3672XFL4378XFL4584

XAR3672XAR3978XAR4284

XMP3060XMP3666XMP3672

XSA3072

12031210

--

---

---

-

A / B


Flair


17141721

--

---

---

-

BASE

See OptionsBelow

1191119816811687

119816811687

92511911198

992

BASE

1280128717701776

128717701776

101412801287

1081

1447145419371943

145419371943

118114471454

1248

18431850

--

---

---

-

13631370

--

---

---

-

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

---

Arc

Improv

Satellite

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

Independent

Notes Improv desks come standard with two fixed and two mobile bases.

Satellite desks come standard with mobile bases.




Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Impulse Fixed

D

Impulse Top

CrankF

Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

Impulse Front Crank

G

Impulse Notch

E


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




24 4824 5424 6024 6624 72

30 4830 5430 6030 6630 72

48 4860 60

XPN2448XPN2454XPN2460XPN2466XPN2472

XPN3048XPN3054XPN3060XPN3066XPN3072

XTR4848XTR6060

-----

-----

16151943


Peninsula


797925930

10201080

797925930

10201080

17042033

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Trio

-----

-----

19602289

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

B

A

B

A

Independent

Notes Peninsula desk is not docking radius compatible.


Stride

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




42 42

28 36

34 26

36 30

24 4825 5030 6031 62

XOR4242

XWI2836

XFI3426

XEL3630

XMO2448XMO2550XMO3060XMO3162

857

613

713

713

658786791

1058


Orbital


BASE

See OptionsBelow

Wing

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

Companion

Eclipse

Demi

Fin

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

Notes Companion tables have casters on two of their legs.


Vibe

B

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




36 3642 4248 4860 60

24 4830 54

XRO3636XRO4242XRO4848XRO6060

XTN2448XTN3054

892103611011494

797925


Round


BASE

See OptionsBelow

Trainer

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

Companion

B

A

B

A

Notes Companion tables have casters on two of their legs.

36 inch Round tables have three legs.42-60 inch Round tables have four legs.


Vibe

B

A / B


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




22 42

32 41

XNI2242

XNW3241

736

817


Novak Instructional


BASE

See OptionsBelow

Novak Wave

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

846

927

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

B

A

B

A

Learning/Training

Notes Novak desks are sized to accommodate laptops and flat screen monitors.



Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Stride

A

Vibe

B

A / B

Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0



60 8460 11460 144

60 4260 7260 102

XKT084XKT114XKT144

XKE042XKE072XKE102

---

460249425275

120815032071

KEYSTONESURFACE

PRIMARY SURFACE

EDGEMODEL NUMBER BASE

Keystone


EDGE

See OptionsBelow

Keystone Extension

SMART-GRAIN

XKT +250XKE +125

A = Yes- = No

BASE

Conference

B

A

B

A

Notes Basic Keystone tables can seat from 6 to 10; an additional 2 to 6 may be seated with extensions.

Keystones are delivered with a 30 inch Vertebrae for cable routing and a power, voice, and data interconnect provides two grounded AC outlets and installer-selectable phone/data network ports.


Vibe

B

A / B


Edge Options+$ Keystone/+$ Exension

Xylo “X” + $0




36 6636 9648 6648 96

48 6660 66

48 3648 6648 9660 36 60 6660 96

XEF3666XEF3696XEF4866XEF4896

XEE4866XEE6066

XEC4836XEC4866XEC4896XEC6036XEC6066XEC6096

1281191513471976

13471437

105813471976120815032071

A / B


Elektra Full


1448208215142143

15141604

122515142143137516702238

BASE

See OptionsBelow

Elektra End

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

Elektra Center

Conference


B

A

B

A

B

A

Vibe

B

Bridge

C


Edge Options

Xylo “X” + $0




30 6030 7236 8436 96

XKN3060XKN3072XKN3684XKN3696

1013108017641915


Knife


BASE

See OptionsBelow

SMART-GRAIN

(+125)

A = Yes- = No

HAND

L = LeftR = Right

Conference


B

A

Right Hand Shown

Vibe

B

A / B

Edge Options


Xylo “X” + $0




For open plan applications Seven is the most comprehensive collection of freestanding tables and height adjustable desks on the market. The Seven desk line features Watson’s most popular worksurface shapes paired with the functionality of fixed, notch, manual and electric height adjustable bases. For reduced inventory of handed worksurface shapes the patented Surface Interlock Assembly™ allows the majority of surfaces to be flipped using a single tool. The contemporary design language and low profile Seven foot are carried through the freestanding table line.

SEVEN | Overview

SEVEN | Statement of Line

SDSVERSDDLPB SDSLPB

SDDLPA SDSLPA

SDDXCA SDSXCA

SDDXBT SDSXBT

SDDXIN SDSXIN

SDDXRE SDSXRE

Tables


SDTXROSDTSQRSDTXRE SDWRE

SDTTRP SDWTRPSDTHEX

SEVEN | Table of Contents

Specification GuideDeskTablesAccessories

Price ListReversible DesksSingle Sided DesksIndividual TablesCombination TablesAccessories

81828994

9798

102110114116

SEVEN Desks

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Specification Guide

SEVEN | Specification Guide

DesksStatement Of LineCable ManagementBase OptionsGrommet LocationsReversibleSingle SidedBase OnlyHow to Specify

TablesStatement of LineSizing LogicBasesPower and Data

AccessoriesScreensPC Holder

Finishess

828283848586878788

8989929191

949595

96PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Desks

Statement Of Line

SEVEN Desk | Specification Guide

SEVEN Desk | Statement of Line

Single Sided without Interlocks

Reversible with Surface Interlock Assembly™

BaseTop support brackets are 12-gauge cold-rolled sheet steel. Crank handles are die cast zinc alloy. Vertical tube assembly is 2 x 2 inch and 11/2 x 11/2 inch (.083 inches) thick steel welded to the top support and foot. Glides are screwed into metal inserts that are welded into the foot. The adjustment mechanism utilizes beveled gear lift assemblies in each leg connected by extruded aluminum shafts. A 12-gauge steel utility beam connects all legs. All metal components are powder coated.

9 Gauge Steel Bright Wire cable management clips are included with each base and attach without tools to the Seven Utility Rail. Optional 16-gauge formed sheet metal vertical raceways are magnetically attached to the 2 x 2 inch vertical leg.

WorksurfaceWorksurfaces that are edged with a synthetic material are 11/4 inches thick and composed of horizontal grades of laminate and are bonded to a 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard core. Reversible desks are finished with High Pressure Laminate on both sides while Single Sided desks are finished with High Pressure Laminate on the topside and sheet of horizontal grade backing material on the bottom. Worksurface dimensions are net sized by 1/2 inch overall to allow for vertical movement without interference of plugs, wires, brackets and panels.

Desk surfaces are fastened to the legs with steel machine screws threaded into metal inserts on the leg assembly. Cast zinc bezels with vacuum plated finish provide compression between the leg and surface.

EdgeReversible desks are available in three variations, the 90 profile highlights the perpendicular geometry of our principal silhouette. The 90 Natural edge is the greenest choice featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm thick synthetic edge for the most compact profile. The 3mm thick synthetic 90 Plus edge provides softer visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.

In addition to the edges available on Reversible Desks, Single Sided desks can also be specified with the N45 or Stretta Profiles which are both exposed MDF core clear-coated with a waterborne finish.

SEVEN Desk | Basics

Verve

Extended Primary

Extended Primary

Extended Corner

Extended Corner

Inset

Inset

Bowtie

Bowtie

Rectangle

Rectangle

The Seven Desk is an industry leading product that boasts the most extensive range worksurface shapes available with fixed, notch, crank or electric bases. The reversible desks are finished on both sides and feature the patented Surface Interlock Assembly™ that allows the entire surface to be flipped using only a single tool. Single sided desks are also available with a wider range of edge types and for those seeking a ‘clean surface’ appearance.

Desk SEVEN Accessories Tables

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Cable Management

Seven was designed with the user in mind. The compressive strength of the top bracket assembly is so robust, the need for a knee-height cross rail was eliminated. This maximizes for knee space and optional storage accompaniment. Seven’s unique foot is the lowest profile in the industry and allows external side access to glide leveling.

Seven’s base design contains no decorative plastic parts and pieces to break or fall off. That means fewer headaches for inventory management and fewer problems for installers.

SEVEN Desk | Solid Construction

Maximum Height ClearanceWith the elimination of the knee-height cross rail, user leg clearance is assured and storage units dock easily without interference

Surface Interlock Assembly™

Easy Access GlidesGlides can be adjusted without moving or tipping the base

Low Profile FootProvides ease of movement for portable storage and chairs

SEVEN’s utility beam provides lateral stability to the desk and prevents deflection of the surface. The utility beam also serves as simple support for Seven’s integrated cable management brackets. Each bracket is installed separately without the use of tools. Brackets are designed to accomodate most power strips and small surge protectors.

SEVEN Desk | Integrated Cable Management

1. Pinch 2. Insert 3. Release




PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Base Options

48

22

SEVEN Desk | Base Options

Fixed HeightFixed height tables are set at a standard height of 29 1/2 inches and have a 500 lb capacity.

Clearance

Minimum ClearanceMinimum Clearance

Minimum ClearanceMinimum Clearance

Minimum Clearance

Facility Adjustable

Utilizing a dual-notch telescoping mechanism, the notch adjustable bases provide an 11 or 13 inch range of height adjustability in 1 inch incre-

ments and have a 500 lb capacity.

User Adjustable The front crank lift mechanism provides a continuous 11 or 13 inch range of height adjustability and supports 150 lbs of dynamic lifting

capacity atop the worksurface and 250 lbs of static load capacity.

Electric The electric lift mechanism provides a 22-48 inch full BIFMA sit-to-stand range of height adjustability and supports 250 lbs of lifting capacity

atop the worksurface and 400 lbs of static load capacity.

NOTE Electric bases are available in Black or White Aluminum powdercoat only

29 1/2

28

2521

2521

21

33

22

26

39

Embedded SwitchFlush surface mount keeps workspace and undercarriage free from mechanical interference. Recommended for Reversible Desks

Undermount SwitchRetractable undermount switch works with single sided desks and keeps the worksurface free from visual clutter

33

22

26

39


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Grommet Locations

All grommets are black plastic with cover and sized at 2 1/2 inches in diameter. For alternate grommet locations order DAGR grommets separately and field drill or contact your regional sales representative for more information.

All two leg desks can be specified with 1 centered grommet.

All three leg desks can be specified with 1 grommet 18 1/2 inches from the adjacent back edge.

SEVEN Desk | Optional Grommet Locations

SEVEN Desk | Base Dimensions

4 1/2

4 1/2

30 26

6

6

6

6

12

1515

21

3

3

3

3

3

30 22

24 22

2224

24

18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2

VerveExtended Primary

24 inch Rectangle

All Three-Leg Shapes Inset

30 inch Rectangle and Bowtie

Rectangle Inset Bowtie

Extended Corner


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Reversible

Leg Assembly


90 Natural or CharcoalExposed MDF Core

90 Plus3 mm plastic

90 Trim1.5 mm plastic

Our patented (patent number US008104410B2) Surface Interlock Assembly™ provides a mechanical connection between the worksurface and the base. Right handed or left handed, your surface will bear no markings from its previous assembly.

Reversible Seven Desks are designed to reduce inventory of handed worksurface shapes by allowing a single base and worksurface assembly to be flipped using one tool. Seven Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustable bases are all available with the patented Surface Interlock Assembly.

Edge Options

Worksurface Options

SEVEN Desk | Reversible with Surface Interlock Assembly™

Extended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle

Laminate Finish on both sides


90 Natural, Trim and Plus Edge options

$ For pricing see page 98


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Single Sided

Base Only

90 Natural or CharcoalSealed MDF Core

90 Plus3 mm plastic

StrettaSealed MDF Core

90 Trim1.5 mm plastic

N45 TrimSealed MDF Core

Seven Desks are also available with single-sided surfaces that allows for an expanded selection of worksurface shapes and edge profiles. Single Sided Seven Desks are available with Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustable bases. Surfaces are secured to the base with Watson’s metal insert and machine screw connections for ease of assembly.

Seven Base assemblies are available in either two or three leg configurations with Fixed, Notch, Crank and Electric adjustment mechanisms. All base only desks include necessary hardware for worksurface attachment.

Edge Options

Worksurface Options

SEVEN Desk | Single Sided

SEVEN Desk | Base Only


Clean Surface

90 Natural, 90 Trim, 90 Plus and N45 and Stretta Edge Options Surface secured from bottom




PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


How to Specify

The following guide outlines the steps necessary for correctly specifying a Seven Desk:

SEVEN Desk | How to Specify

Reversible

Fixed-D29 1/2

Notch-J22-33

Notch-E26-39

Crank-U22-33

Crank-G26-39

Electric-Y22-48

Single Sided

A and B dimensions for 2-leg shapes A and B dimensions for Extended Corner and Primary Shapes

A. B, C and D dimensions for all Verve Shapes

Powdercoat for BaseLaminate for WorksurfaceEdge Type for WorksurfaceGrommet Option

STEP 1 | Reversible or Single Sided

STEP 4 | Base Type and Range

STEP 2 | Surface Shape

STEP 3 | Desk Dimensions

STEP 5 | Finishes

Verve (Single Sided only)Extended PrimaryExtended CornerInset BowtieRectangle

B

A

B

A

B

A

D

D

C

C


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Tables

Statement of Line

SEVEN Tables | Specification Guide

SEVEN Tables | Statement of Line

SEVEN Tables | Basics

Rectangle

Rectangle

Trapezoid

Trapezoid T Base

Hex Square Round

The Seven Table is an industry leading product that boasts the most extensive range of surface sizes available supported by the signature Seven steel base assembly. Order as Individual Tables or Combination Tables for extended lengths of rectangles of trapezoids and shared bases. All of Watson standard laminates and edge finishes are available with Seven Tables.

BaseTop support brackets are 12-gauge cold-rolled sheet steel. Vertical tube assembly is 2 x 2 inch (.125 inches thick) steel welded to the top support and foot. Glides are screwed into metal inserts that are welded into the foot. 1 1/2 Square steel support tubes are mounted to the underside of surfaces over 72 inches wide to ensure surfaces remain flat.

SurfaceTable surfaces are either composed of 11/8 inches thick particle board finished with horizontal grades of laminate and synthetic edge banding or 11/8 inches thick medium density fiberboard finished with horizontal grades of laminate and exposed edges finished with waterborne sealant. Surfaces are fastened to the legs with steel machine screws threaded into metal inserts on the leg assembly.

EdgeThe 90 Natural, N45 and Stretta edges are the greenest choices featuring an exposed MDF core, clear-coated with a waterborne finish. 90 Trim is a 1.5mm thick synthetic edge for the most compact profile. The 3mm thick synthetic 90 Plus edge provides softer visual weight and a more substantial ergonomic buffer.

Individual Tables

Combination Tables


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Shape Logic

SEVEN Tables | Shape Logic

RectangleAll Rectangle Tables are supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs and all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.

NOTE Overall dimensions refer to the center depth dimension, the ends are always

6 inches less than the depth at the center.

NOTE Overall size refers to the larger of the end dimensions, the shorter end is

always 6 inches less than the depth at the opposite end.

TrapezoidAll Trapezoid Tables are supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.

HexagonSizes range from 42 x 48 to 48 x 96, supported by 2 discreet T-Base legs all lengths over 66 inches have support tube reinforced tops.

RoundSizes range from 36 to 48 inches square supported by 1 X-Base.

SquareSizes range from 36 to 48 inches diameter supported by 1 X-Base.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Max.

Max.

Max.

Max.

Max.

48

42

4242

48

48

36

36

3636

42

42

96

48

48

96

96

48

36

36

48

48







PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Note: Seven tables specified with power will include a vertical cable channel.Power tap has a 10’ cord.

Bases

Power and Data

For pricing see page 110





SEVEN Tables | Power and DataSeven Rectangle, Trapezoid and Hexagon Tables can be specified with a center mounted drop-in 4 or 6 receptacle power tap and data tap. Power Tap is UL certified for horizontal applications and tested against spills. Power Tap is available in white finish only.

2 Power2 Data

4 Power0 Data

4 Power2 Data

6 Power0 Data

SEVEN Tables | T and X BasesSeven T and X legs feature the same low profile foot as the Seven Desk with a cleverly concealed top bracket that attaches directly to the table surface:

T-BaseEach Seven Rectangle, Trapezoid and Hexagon Table is supported by 2 fixed steel T-Legs. T-Legs are always 12 inches less than the

surface depth to maintain optimized foot clearance and stability.

X-BaseEach Seven Square and Round Table is supported by 1 fixed steel X-Base available in 2 heights

12

24, 30, 36

Base is 8 inches less than Surface Dimension/Diameter

12

1 1/2

1 1/2

2

2

29 1/2 or 42

29 1/2


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Sizing Logic

SEVEN Tables | SizingThe following diagram indicates suggested maximum seating:

36 42 48

48 4 4 4

54 4 4 4

60 4 4 4

66 6 6 6

72 6 6 6

78 6 6 6

84 8 8 8

90 8 8 8

4 4 4

4 4 4

96 8 8 8


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combination Tables

SEVEN Combination Tables | How to SpecifyFor larger sizes and the efficiency of shared bases Seven Rectangle and Trapezoid surfaces may be combined to create custom tables with a reduced leg count. The following steps outline the process for specifying a Combination Table

Rectangle and Trapezoid surfaces of the same depth can be combined in several ways. The following diagram shows several examples

Each separate surface shape is specified separately and therefore requires individual dimensioning to achieve desired overall size.

Each separate surface shape can be specified with a drop-in power module. Surfaces over 84 inches in width may only be specified with one or two off-center power modules

T Bases are specified separate from the surfaces. One End Base is required for each end table and one Seam Base is required for each surface to surface connection. Surfaces over 84 inches in width include a center mounted T Base. T-Base sizes correspond to the closest edge depth.

Laminate for WorksurfaceEdge Type for Worksurface

STEP 1 | Surface Shapes and Arrangement

STEP 3 | Power

STEP 2 | Surface Dimensions

STEP 5 | Specify Bases

STEP 4 | Finishes

Depth

End Base

End Base

End Base

36 or 42 or 48

42 or 48

Seam Base

Seam Base

Seam Base

Depth

Width Width Width Width Width


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Accessories

Statement of Line

SEVEN Accessories | Specification Guide

Seven Accessories | Statement of Line

Seven accessories are designed to work exclusively with all Watson Seven Desks.

Above Above Below Desktop

Modesty

PC Holder Vertical Wire Manager

Screens

Modesty

Technology Accessories


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Screens

PC Holder

AboveAt 20 inches in height, the Tak Screen and Jot Board Above are designed to provide fixed desktop privacy. The top of Screen or Board finishes 12 inches above worksurface.

Above BelowThe 20 inch Tak Screen and Jot Board Above Below both provide privacy above the desk surface and screening below the beltline. The top of Screen or Board finishes 12 inches above worksurface.

DesktopAt 103/4 inches high, the freestanding Tak Screen and Jot Board Desktop is ideal for subdividing larger surfaces or movable space division.

SEVEN | Tak Screen & Jot Board

SEVEN | Personal Computer Holder

The Jot Board and Tak Screen provide a simple solutions for privacy and space division. Jot Boards are finished on both sides with marker board laminate and Tak Screens are constructed of fabric wrapped tack-able structure.

Both screen types are available in two heights, and three styles and lengths to accommodate Seven’s full breadth of desk choices. The clamp-on assembly makes Jot and Tak easy to install and reconfigure. Both products are also available as a stand-alone, tabletop version.

The Seven PC Holder mounts directly to the Seven Utility Rail to keep computers off of the floor and facilitate the routing of cables and cords to the desk top. Three standard size options accommodate most PC’s. Max weight limit of 30 lbs.

NOTE Not all sizes of PC holders are compatible with the Seven Modesty. Please verify fit prior to order submission. PC holder is not compat-ible with the Seven Electric Base.

Direct mount to utility rail allows PC holder to move with a height adjustable surface

Simple steel design is durable and finished in any Watson Powdercoat



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Finishes

SEVEN | Finishes

White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $125 will be added to the base price of each desk or worksurface; an additional $250 is added to each Verve. Markerboard surfaces are only available with a 90 Natural edge.



Powdercoat

BK Black

CH Charcoal


M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FJ Frosty White

FQ Fashion Grey

90 Edge(11/4 inch finished MDF)

CH Charcoal

ZE Natural

90 Trim Edge(1-1/2 mm thick Polymer) EH Blond Echo

FE Fine Sycamore

KM Kensington Maple

RV River Cherry

DT Studio Teak

TW Tuscan Walnut

BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FJ Frosty White

FQ Fashion Grey


JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr

WM White Markerboard


D0 Xanadu


A1 Asian Night

A2 Asian Sand

B8 Blond Echo

C5 Colombian Walnut

DA Madagascar

QI Monticello Maple

RI Rio

TX Studio Teak


X1 Xanadu

Stretta “S”

Edge Options

N45 “N” 90 “U” 90 “Q” 90 Plus “Z”

Textiles PET COLLECTION

2V Ash

7K Smoke

2I Charcoal

ANCHORAGE COLLECTION

9B Amber

9A Angora

6D Asteroid

9H Birch

9U Cumin

6X Fossil

9E Goose

9R Graphite

1G Green Apple

6H Henna

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Price List

SEVEN | Price List

DesksReversible DesksSingle Sided Desks

TablesIndividual TablesCombination Tables

Accessories

98102

110114

116

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

Reversible Desks

30 24 SDDXIN3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXIN3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXIN3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXIN3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXIN3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXIN3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXIN3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXIN3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXIN3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXIN3078 1072 1234 1690 2652

30 84 SDDXIN3084 1092 1254 1710 2672

24 24 SDDXRE2424 745 907 1363 -24 30 SDDXRE2430 789 951 1407 -24 36 SDDXRE2436 800 962 1418 -24 42 SDDXRE2442 850 1012 1468 243024 48 SDDXRE2448 862 1024 1480 244224 54 SDDXRE2454 950 1112 1568 253024 60 SDDXRE2460 956 1118 1574 253624 66 SDDXRE2466 1023 1185 1641 260324 72 SDDXRE2472 1034 1196 1652 261424 78 SDDXRE2478 1053 1215 1671 263324 84 SDDXRE2484 1082 1244 1700 2662

30 24 SDDXRE3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXRE3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXRE3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXRE3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXRE3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXRE3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXRE3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXRE3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXRE3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXRE3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDDXRE3084 1092 1254 1710 2672


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

2 Leg option only+$50

Edge Options

Rectangle

Inset

Reversible

FRONT CRANK 22-33" 26-39" U G

Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

B

A

B

A 24

Left Hand Shown

Notes

Desks may be specified for right or left-handed installation.

Rectangle desks receive laminate on one face only as a standard.

The electric adjustable base is available in White Aluminum or Black.

The grain direction runs the “B” length of the worksurface.

Roller Option

? For specifying information see page 86

SEVEN Accessories

A / B

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

30 24 SDDXBT3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDDXBT3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDDXBT3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDDXBT3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDDXBT3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDDXBT3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDDXBT3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDDXBT3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDDXBT3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDDXBT3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDDXBT3084 1092 1254 1710 2672

42 54 24 24 SDDXCA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDDXCA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDDXCA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDDXCA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDDXCA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDDXCA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239




2 Leg option only+$50 90 “U”

Natural + $0 Charcoal + $50

90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

Notes




Roller Option

Bowtie

Extended Corner

Reversible


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER

MODEL NUMBER

BASE

A / B C / D

B

A

B

A

24

24

Right Hand Shown


SEVEN Accessories

A / B

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

42 54 30 24 SDDLPA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 30 24 SDDLPA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 30 24 SDDLPA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 30 24 SDDLPA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 30 24 SDDLPA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 30 24 SDDLPA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239




Extended Primary Conference

Reversible


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

B

A


C

D

Notes





SEVEN Accessories

C / DA / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

42 54 24 24 SDDLPB4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDDLPB4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDDLPB4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDDLPB4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDDLPB4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDDLPB4284 1952 2192 2843 4239





Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

Extended Primary

Reversible

B

A


D

C

Notes





SEVEN Accessories

C / DA / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

Single Sided Desks

24 24 SDSXRE2424 745 907 1363 -24 30 SDSXRE2430 789 951 1407 -24 36 SDSXRE2436 800 962 1418 -24 42 SDSXRE2442 850 1012 1468 243024 48 SDSXRE2448 862 1024 1480 244224 54 SDSXRE2454 950 1112 1568 253024 60 SDSXRE2460 956 1118 1574 253624 66 SDSXRE2466 1023 1185 1641 260324 72 SDSXRE2472 1034 1196 1652 2614

24 78 SDSXRE2478 1053 1215 1671 263324 84 SDSXRE2484 1082 1244 1700 2662

30 24 SDSXRE3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXRE3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXRE3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXRE3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXRE3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXRE3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXRE3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXRE3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXRE3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXRE3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXRE3084 1092 1254 1710 2672

30 24 SDSXIN3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXIN3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXIN3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXIN3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXIN3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXIN3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXIN3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXIN3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXIN3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXIN3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXIN3084 1092 1254 1710 2672

Rectangle

Inset

Single Sided


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

B

A

B

24

Left Hand Shown

A



Notes





SEVEN Accessories


Not available on Electric Base

Roller Option

A / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

30 24 SDSXBT3024 778 940 1396 -30 30 SDSXBT3030 828 990 1446 -30 36 SDSXBT3036 834 996 1452 -30 42 SDSXBT3042 883 1045 1501 246330 48 SDSXBT3048 895 1057 1513 247530 54 SDSXBT3054 984 1146 1602 256430 60 SDSXBT3060 1051 1213 1669 263130 66 SDSXBT3066 1056 1218 1674 263630 72 SDSXBT3072 1068 1230 1686 264830 78 SDSXBT3078 1072 1234 1690 265230 84 SDSXBT3084 1092 1254 1710 2672

42 54 24 24 SDSXCA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDSXCA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDSXCA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDSXCA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDSXCA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDSXCA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239




Bowtie

Extended Corner

Single Sided

B

A

B

A

24

24

Right Hand Shown

Notes





SEVEN Accessories


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER

MODEL NUMBER

BASE

C / D

Roller Option

A / B

A / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options




Not available on Electric Base

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

42 54 30 24 SDSLPA4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 30 24 SDSLPA4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 30 24 SDSLPA4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 30 24 SDSLPA4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 30 24 SDSLPA4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 30 24 SDSLPA4284 1952 2192 2843 4239




Extended Primary Conference

Single Sided Product

A / B

B

Right Hand Shown

C

D

A

Notes





SEVEN Accessories


NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

C / D




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

42 54 24 24 SDSLPB4254 1679 1919 2570 396642 60 24 24 SDSLPB4260 1690 1930 2581 397742 66 24 24 SDSLPB4266 1696 1936 2587 398342 72 24 24 SDSLPB4272 1707 1947 2598 399442 78 24 24 SDSLPB4278 1885 2125 2776 417242 84 24 24 SDSLPB4284 1952 2192 2843 4239




Extended Primary

Single Sided Product

B

A

Right Hand Shown

D

C

Notes





SEVEN Accessories


NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

C / DA / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

60 60 SDSVER60602430 1940 2180 2831 422760 66 SDSVER60662430 2013 2253 2904 430060 72 SDSVER60722430 2044 2284 2935 433160 78 SDSVER60782430 2218 2458 3109 450560 84 SDSVER60842430 2226 2466 3117 4513





Verve - 24 x 30

Single Sided


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

B

A

30

24

Notes





SEVEN Accessories

A / B




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables






Verve - 30 x 24

Single Sided


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

B

A

24

30

Notes





SEVEN Accessories

A / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables






Verve - 24 x 24

Single Sided


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

A / B

B

A

24

24

Notes





SEVEN Accessories




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $150

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

Base Only

24 24 SDBXRE2424 533 695 1151 -24 30 SDBXRE2430 544 706 1162 -24 36 SDBXRE2436 550 712 1168 -24 42 SDBXRE2442 566 728 1184 214624 48 SDBXRE2448 572 734 1190 215224 54 SDBXRE2454 589 751 1207 216924 60 SDBXRE2460 594 756 1212 217424 66 SDBXRE2466 600 762 1218 218024 72 SDBXRE2472 611 773 1229 219124 78 SDBXRE2478 618 780 1236 219824 84 SDBXRE2484 626 788 1244 2206

30 24 SDBXRE3024 564 726 1182 -30 30 SDBXRE3030 576 738 1194 -30 36 SDBXRE3036 581 743 1199 -30 42 SDBXRE3042 597 759 1215 217730 48 SDBXRE3048 604 766 1222 218430 54 SDBXRE3054 620 782 1238 220030 60 SDBXRE3060 626 788 1244 220630 66 SDBXRE3066 631 793 1249 221130 72 SDBXRE3072 638 800 1256 221830 78 SDBXRE3078 645 807 1263 222530 84 SDBXRE3084 642 804 1260 2222

48 54 SDBXCA4854 1078 1318 1969 336548 60 SDBXCA4860 1085 1325 1976 3372 48 66 SDBXCA4866 1094 1334 1985 338148 72 SDBXCA4872 1100 1340 1991 338748 78 SDBXCA4878 1107 1347 1998 339448 84 SDBXCA4884 1114 1354 2005 3401

54 54 SDBXCA5454 1085 1325 1976 337254 60 SDBXCA5460 1092 1332 1983 337954 66 SDBXCA5466 1101 1341 1992 338854 72 SDBXCA5472 1107 1347 1998 339454 78 SDBXCA5478 1114 1354 2005 340154 84 SDBXCA5484 1122 1362 2013 3409

60 54 SDBXCA6054 1092 1332 1983 337960 60 SDBXCA6060 1100 1340 1991 338760 66 SDBXCA6066 1108 1348 1999 339560 72 SDBXCA6072 1114 1354 2005 340160 78 SDBXCA6078 1122 1362 2013 340960 84 SDBXCA6084 1129 1369 2020 3416

Two-Leg

Three-Leg

Base Only


Product

NOTCH 22-33" 26-39" J E

FIXED291/2"

D

ELECTRIC22-48"

Y

MODEL NUMBER BASE

A / B


SEVEN Accessories

Notes



Bases ship with #10 x 3/4 inch wood screws for third party surface installation


Roller Option

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

Individual Tables

Rectangle

36 48 SDTXRE3648 117436 54 SDTXRE3654 120236 60 SDTXRE3660 122936 66 SDTXRE3666 131336 72 SDTXRE3672 141236 78 SDTXRE3678 194736 84 SDTXRE3684 200736 90 SDTXRE3690 201136 96 SDTXRE3696 2015

42 48 SDTXRE4248 121042 54 SDTXRE4254 129842 60 SDTXRE4260 133142 66 SDTXRE4266 136342 72 SDTXRE4272 152242 78 SDTXRE4278 200542 84 SDTXRE4284 200842 90 SDTXRE4290 201242 96 SDTXRE4296 2072

48 54 SDTXRE4854 134048 60 SDTXRE4860 137648 66 SDTXRE4866 146948 72 SDTXRE4872 157648 78 SDTXRE4878 2006

48 84 SDTXRE4884 206548 90 SDTXRE4890 2069

Rectangle

Individual Tables

B

A

MODEL NUMBER

Notes


Power Options00 - 0 power+0 data +$0022 - 2 power+2 data +$36740 - 4 power+0 data +$47242 - 4 power+2 data +$53060 - 6 power+0 data +$587


SEVEN Accessories

A / B




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SEVEN Desk Tables

Hexagon

42 48 36 SDTHEX4248 121042 54 36 SDTHEX4254 129842 60 36 SDTHEX4260 133142 66 36 SDTHEX4266 136342 72 36 SDTHEX4272 152242 78 36 SDTHEX4278 200542 84 36 SDTHEX4284 2008

42 90 36 SDTHEX4290 201242 96 36 SDTHEX4296 2072

48 54 42 SDTHEX4854 134048 60 42 SDTHEX4860 137648 66 42 SDTHEX4866 146948 72 42 SDTHEX4872 157648 78 42 SDTHEX4878 200648 84 42 SDTHEX4884 206548 90 42 SDTHEX4890 206948 96 42 SDTHEX4896 2073

Hexagon

Individual Tables

B

A C

MODEL NUMBER

C

Notes




SEVEN Accessories

A / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Trapezoid

42 48 36 SDTTRP4248 121042 54 36 SDTTRP4254 129842 60 36 SDTTRP4260 133142 66 36 SDTTRP4266 136342 72 36 SDTTRP4272 152242 78 36 SDTTRP4278 200542 84 36 SDTTRP4284 200842 90 36 SDTTRP4290 2012

42 96 36 SDTTRP4296 2072

48 48 42 SDTTRP4848 130348 54 42 SDTTRP4854 134048 60 42 SDTTRP4860 137648 66 42 SDTTRP4866 146948 72 42 SDTTRP4872 157648 78 42 SDTTRP4878 200648 84 42 SDTTRP4884 2065

48 90 42 SDTTRP4890 206948 96 42 SDTTRP4896 2073

SEVEN Desk Tables Accessories

Trapezoid

Individual Tables

B

A C

MODEL NUMBER

C



Notes


A / B




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Square

Round

36 29 SDTSQR3636Y 127442 29 SDTSQR4242Y 133448 29 SDTSQR4848Y 1459

36 42 SDTSQR3636Z 127442 42 SDTSQR4242Z 133448 42 SDTSQR4848Z 1459

36 29 SDTXRO3636Y 127442 29 SDTXRO4242Y 133448 29 SDTXRO4848Y 1459

36 42 SDTXRO3636Z 127442 42 SDTXRO4242Z 133448 42 SDTXRO4848Z 1459


Square

Round

Individual TablesMODEL NUMBER

HEIGHT

A


Notes


A


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combination Tables

42 48 SDWXRE4248 33042 54 SDWXRE4254 41942 60 SDWXRE4260 45142 66 SDWXRE4266 48342 72 SDWXRE4272 57142 78 SDWXRE4278 105142 84 SDWXRE4284 105242 90 SDWXRE4290 105342 96 SDWXRE4296 1110

48 48 SDWXRE4848 42348 54 SDWXRE4854 46048 60 SDWXRE4860 49748 66 SDWXRE4866 58948 72 SDWXRE4872 62648 78 SDWXRE4878 105248 84 SDWXRE4884 110948 90 SDWXRE4890 111048 96 SDWXRE4896 1111


Rectangle Surface

Combination Tables

B

MODEL NUMBER

A



Notes


A / B




90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


42 48 36 SDWTRP4248 33042 54 36 SDWTRP4254 41942 60 36 SDWTRP4260 45142 66 36 SDWTRP4266 48342 72 36 SDWTRP4272 57142 78 36 SDWTRP4278 105142 84 36 SDWTRP4284 105242 90 36 SDWTRP4290 105342 96 36 SDWTRP4296 1110

48 48 42 SDWTRP4848 42348 54 42 SDWTRP4854 46048 60 42 SDWTRP4860 49748 66 42 SDWTRP4866 58948 72 42 SDWTRP4872 62648 78 42 SDWTRP4878 105248 84 42 SDWTRP4884 110948 90 42 SDWTRP4890 111048 96 42 SDWTRP4896 1111

24 SDTTLG2924 Leg Only 44030 SDTTLG2930 Leg Only 44036 SDTTLG2936 Leg Only 440

30 SDTTSP2930 Leg w/ Splice Kit 46236 SDTTSP2936 Leg w/ Splice Kit 462


Combination Tables

Trapezoid Surface

Bases

B

A C

MODEL NUMBER

C



Notes


SEVEN

A / B


90 “Q” $0

90 Plus “Z” + $50

Edge Options



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


355372402407412419424429435440446452457468584589

372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639

190201213246251257263268279296307318329346357369379

Accessories

15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71

20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71

WTSA1523WTSA1529WTSA1532WTSA1535WTSA1538WTSA1541WTSA1544WTSA1547WTSA1550WTSA1553WTSA1556WTSA1559WTSA1562WTSA1565WTSA1568WTSA1571



H / W

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Above

Modesty

Tak Screen Product


Notes

Tak Screen clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.

13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4513 4813 5113 5413 5713 6013 6313 6613 6913 7213 7513 7813 81

SVMOD1324SVMOD1330SVMOD1336SVMOD1342SVMOD1345SVMOD1348SVMOD1351SVMOD1354SVMOD1357SVMOD1360SVMOD1363SVMOD1366SVMOD1369SVMOD1372SVMOD1375SVMOD1378SVMOD1381

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639

156168179185196

104104104104

20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71

12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47

- 21- 30- 39- 57

WTSAB2023WTSAB2029WTSAB2032WTSAB2035WTSAB2038WTSAB2041WTSAB2044WTSAB2047WTSAB2050WTSAB2053WTSAB2056WTSAB2059WTSAB2062WTSAB2065WTSAB2068WTSAB2071

WTSD1223WTSD1229WTSD1235WTSD1241WTSD1247

WJTAT21WJTAT30WJTAT39WJTAT57


H / W

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Above/Below

Tak Screen Product

Desktop

Accessory Tray


Notes


Accessory Tray includes non-skid pads for placement on Tak Screen and Jot Board surface brackets.

Accessory tray is designed to organize light duty objects such as files, pens and pencils. Tray is not intended for use with binders or as heavy object storage.

Accessory Tray ships with two Watson Seiri Bins.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools

16 SVCCH18 8517 SVCCH17 8521 SVCCH21 8524 SVCCH24 85

9 x 20 x 20 SVACH092020 1468 x 18 x 19 SVACH081819 1465 x 16 x 18 SVACH051618 146

Vertical Wire Manager

PC Holder

Accessories

MODEL NUMBERSIZE

W X D X H



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



TONIC | Welcome

Overview

Specification GuideBenchSimple TablesStorageAccessoriesFinishes

QuickSpecGuide45607590

Price ListBench SegmentsSimple TablesStorageAccessories

Technical Specifications

120

124125134138144151

154154158162166170

175176182184187

190

The Tonic Specification Guide and Price List will provide you with simple and clear explanations of how the Tonic Bench is specified as well as any and all pricing and technical information required to order a Tonic Bench. The Overview spread is intended to give you a contextual explanation of the relationship between the Bench Components, Storage and Accessories. The Specification Guide pages provide a comprehensive explanation of each of the individual components. QuickSpec is a six step process designed to help you specify and price a bench as rapidly as possible. In the Price List section you will find detailed pricing information on each and every bench, table, storage and accessory component. For any remaining questions and for electrical specifications please visit our Technical Specification pages.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Tonic is a collection of benches, storage and tables designed for clients who seek the simplicity and quality Watson is known for. Tonic works in many applications from meeting rooms to open plan benching. The reconfigurable center deck makes it easy to meet specific client demands within a single bench system. Tonic was designed in collaboration with San Francisco based design firm Mike & Maaike.

Tonic | Overview

Bench Segments

Surfaces come in two depths (53 and 65 inch) and four widths (45, 60, 75 or 90 inch)

See page 126 for more info

Power + DataEasy to specify power with either 4 or 8 receptacles per user

See page 128 for more infoPLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Tonic is a collection of benches, storage and tables designed for clients who seek the simplicity and quality Watson is known for. Tonic works in many applications from meeting rooms to open plan benching. The reconfigurable center deck makes it easy to meet specific client demands within a single bench system. Tonic was designed in collaboration with San Francisco based design firm Mike & Maaike.

Infill ComponentsDesign a landscape to meet client needs for collaboration, storage, privacy and access to power See page 130 for more info

End Segments

Choose from three end types: Conference End, Wall End, Truss Storage End See page 127 for more info

StorageTonic Storage is sized to fit in benching environments

See pages 138-142 for more info

AccessoriesInclude organizing bins and personal screens to complete the Tonic specification

See pages 144-148 for more info

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


BENCH | Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Basics

Bench Segments

End Segments

Power and Data

Infill Components

Assembly Logic

124

125

126

127

128

130

131PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TBEWE

TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR TCIPR

TBECE TBEL TBEHTBTUY TBTU

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCITL

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCIVC

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCIFD

TCIWB TCIWB

There are four basic components required to complete a Tonic Bench: Bench Segments, End Segments, Power and Data Raceways and Infill Components. Bench Segments are available in four widths and two depths; in order for two segments to be joined they must match in each dimension. There are four types of end segments for different applications and their width must match the depth of any adjoining bench segment. Power and Data Raceways are either Standard (4 receptacles per segment per side) or Heavy (8 receptacles per segment per side) and must always match the width of the Bench Segments. Infill Components are installed at the center of each Bench Segment and may provide the user with access to power, storage, privacy and technology. Infill Components must always be specified to match the width of the Bench Segments.

BENCH | Specification Guide

BENCH | Statement of Line

Bench Segments End Segments

Heavy Power Raceway Standard Power Raceway

Blank Infills

Single Access Infills

Dual Access Infills

Accessory Infills

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


BENCH | Basics

BaseThe design begins with a robustly constructed 12 gauge steel Yoke and A-frame leg. These legs are connected with 7-inch high spanning rails to form the heart of the agile center deck and power-data raceway. 2 inch box tubing is cradled in the outboard locations of the yoke to provide a solid foundation for adding the cantilevered work surfaces. The structural design integrity enables a single segment Tonic Bench to support in excess of 4000 pounds of weight.

LevelingThe Tonic base features a top-down leveling system. Each individual leg extends up to 2 inches from the yoke eliminating unsightly floor glides.

Bench WorksurfaceSurfaces are composed of high-pressure plastic laminate and backing sheets bonded to either a 27mm double refined MDF edged with a

waterbased sealer or 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard edged with thermally fused polymer edge banding.

Power RacewayThe Tonic Power Raceway is factory assembled and cETLus listed to the appropriate industry standards in accordance with the US and Canadian

Electrical code. The Power components conform specifically to UL STD 1286 and certified for electrical saftey to CSA STD C22.2 NO. 203.

Infill ComponentsFlat and PalletAll Flat and Pallet infill components are constructed of 3/4 inch thermally fused laminate panels with 1.5 mm polymer edge banding. Pallets feature a top-over, concealed fastener construction.

9 and 14 inch ScreensScreens are constructed of a fiberboard core covered with 100% recycled and recyclable textiles. Screens are vertically mounted using a concealed thru-bolt connection to a flat infill for placement on the bench.

Power Access and Technology SlotsOpenings in the Infill Components are finished with an ABS plastic liner.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


19 15 19

38

25 15 25

38

66

28 1/2 28 1/2

45 60 75 90

BENCH | Segments

YOKE + BENCH SEGMENT TOP DOWN LEVELING

SIZING

45

53 depth 65 depth

60 75 90

Tonic Benches are specified starting with two basic components:

Yoke Bench Segment

A linear guide mechanism allows Tonic legs to extend a full 2 inches without the use of long stem furniture glides

Bench Segments of the same width and depth can be combined to create total segment lengths up to 300 inches.

NOTE With the Infill Components in place each user will have a net surface depth of 24 or 30 inches on the 53 and 65 depth segments respectively.


270 270300 300

All Bench Segments are two sided and available in 45, 60, 75, and 90 inch modular units:

NoteOnce a width has been selected all Infill Components must be selected from the same width category

Infill KitWidth

Bench Segment

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


111/4111/4

111/4 111/4


CONFERENCE

TRUSS LOW

TRUSS TALL

WALL

Conference Ends extend the bench surface in 3 nominal depths: 15 Conference

All Conference Ends feature 6 inch radius corners

19 Conference 25 Conference

An end segment must be selected for each end of a bench run. All end segments are compatible with 53 or 65 depth bench segments.

The Truss Low End is 15 inches deep and extends storage below the worksurface:

The Truss Tall End is 15 inches deep and extends storage above and below the surface:

Wall Ends are 4 inch spacers for benches that terminate at architectural features:

BENCH | End Segments

15

6

15

19

1925

25

18

18

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

18

18

4 Wall Ends provide clearance for the power infeed

NOTE Support rails project into the space of the outer compartments

NOTE Support rails project into the space of the outer compartments

24

24

24

24

53

53

53

65

65

53 65

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


1

1

2

2

3g

3g

4

4

1 2 3g 4

BENCH | Power and DataThe Tonic Bench delivers power through a factory assembled Power and Data Raceway. Power and Data Raceways are always two sided.

STANDARD POWER

DATA

HEAVY POWER

SINGLE CIRCUIT PLUG IN

Standard Power is an eight wire, four circuit (3+1) system that provides 4 power receptacles per segment per side. The power infeed is modular hardwire and can be attached at any raceway junction.

Every Power and Data Raceway includes 8 data knockout locations per side and 8 snap-in bezels. Data cables and plugs not included.

NOTE Heavy Power Shown

Starter (only 1)

Starter

Starter (only 1)

Starter

Adder (up to 5)

Adder

Starter (only 1) Adder (up to 4) Ender (up to 1)

Use an Ender Standard Power Raceway when a terminating bench segment requires an Accessory Infill that blocks user access to power.

NOTE Ender Raceways have shorter jumpers and cannot be reversed

Heavy Power is an eight wire, four circuit (3+1) system that provides 8 power receptacles per segment per side.

Also available as Plug in Power, a single circuit that provides 8 power receptacles per side on a single segment bench. The Power Infeed is a standard 15 amp, 3 prong plug with a 72” cord.

+

ModularJumper Data

Knockouts Wire AccessPort

ReceptacleAssembly

ReceptacleAssembly

Steel Top Cover


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


BENCH | Power and Data continuedThe installed Power and Data Raceway creates a trough for excess cords and power adapters. The underside of the Raceway is reserved for routing data cables.

Data cables are held to the underside of the Power and Data Raceway using plastic retainer discs that attach by rotating a quarter turn without tools.

Users have direct access to power and data receptacles plus a trough to store excess cords and power bricks.

Facilities/IT have ports for power cords and capacity for 50+ data cables.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


BENCH | Infill ComponentsModular Infill Components fit without hardware into the center deck of the bench segments. Infill Components provide user access to power as well as add storage, privacy and mounts for monitor arms.

NOTE Infill Components can be fixed to the underside of the bench segments using wood screws. Infills must be fixed when using monitor arms mounted to technology slots.

NOTE When specifying the Infill Components the combined width of the Infills must match the width of the chosen bench segment. All Infill Components are 15 inch deep to fit the center deck of the bench segments.

All power access grommets are aligned with the power receptacles on the Power and Data Raceway. Technology slots are compatible with most standard clamp-on monitor arms. Please note that clamp must be compatible with 3/4 inch thick surfaces.

PRIMARY INFILLS

ACCESSORY INFILLS

Flat

Dimensions

Blank Single Power Access Dual Power Access

Pallet

Screen9 or 14 inch

Neighborhood Light Media Display Cube and Window Box

One primary infill is required for each bench segment:

Accessory Infills may be combined with primary single access or blank Infills for added functionality. Accessory Infills must be specified with a Primary Infill that is 15 inches (or 30 inches for Window Box) smaller than the width of the bench segment

10

151

1515

29 20

471/2

15 1515

30

15

8 8 61/261/2

41/2

45 / 60 / 75 / 90



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Bench depthBench

width

Racewaywidth

Benchwidth

Infillwidth

Endwidth

Starter Yoke See page 176 for pricing

BENCH | Assembly LogicThe following diagram illustrates the dimensional relationships between Tonic Bench Components

Bench SegmentChoose widthChoose depth

See page 176 for pricing

Power + Data Raceway Match width of segment


Infill ComponentsMatch total width to segment width


End SegmentsMatch width to depth of segments


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


SIMPLE TABLES | Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Sizing Logic

134

135

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Simple Tables are the perfect freestanding, multipurpose companion to the Tonic Bench. The unique design language of the bench is carried through the tables with rounded corners and canted legs. Each table may be specified to meet specific workplace requirements based on capacity, space planning and power.

The Rotating Round table features a free-spinning center surface that is finished with markerboard laminate to inspire interaction between

SIMPLE TABLES | Specification Guide

SIMPLE TABLES | Statement of Line

SIMPLE TABLES | Basics

Rectangle Round Rotating Round

LegsSimple Tables are supported by 4- 1 x 21/2 inch steel tube legs that are mounted directly to the underside of the worksurface. Each leg is equipped with a 2 inch leveling glide.

WorksurfaceSurfaces are composed of high-pressure plastic laminate and backing sheets bonded to either a 27mm double refined MDF edged with a

waterbased sealer or 11/8 inch industrial grade particleboard edged with thermally fused polymer edge banding. Where necessary, surfaces are reinforced with a 1 inch steel tube.

Rotating CenterRotating Center surface is supported with a smooth running 12 inch diameter machined aluminum lazy susan with steel ball bearings.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Note: Power tap has a 10’ cord.

SIMPLE TABLES | Sizing

SIMPLE TABLES | Power and Data

SIMPLE TABLES | Rotating Rounds

48

36

48

60

60 72 96

Rectangle and Round Simple Tables may be specified with a drop-in 4 or 6 receptacle power and data module. The power module is UL certified for horizontal applications, tested against spills and available in white finish only.

The following diagram indicates suggested maximum seating:

Rotating Round tables feature a 28 or 36 inch rotating center finished with a white markerboard laminate. The outer surface is available in matching markerboard finish or any Watson surface laminate.

NOTE If a contrasting laminate is selected for the outer surface it may require additional cleaning

2 Power2 Data

4 Power0 Data

4 Power2 Data

6 Power0 Data

4

4

6

6

8

6

6

8

8 4

6 6

4


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


STORAGE | Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Basics

Credenzas

Sizing Logic

Trolley

138

139

140

141

142

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PALLET

CREDENZA

TROLLEY

All Tonic Storage units are based on a 15 inch module for efficient space planning. The unique stacking pallet and inset door and drawer faces tie the storage with the visual language of the Tonic Bench.

The Tonic Trolley is an alternative to conventional pedestal storage units and features open, hanging file and device storage to satisfy a wide range of user needs. The box storage compartment is lined with a PET pad for soft landing of personal electronic devices. An optional upholstered cushion may be specified to fit onto the sliding cover and is held in place with a non-skid liner attached to the cushion.

STORAGE | Specification Guide

STORAGE | Statement of Line

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


STORAGE | BasicsWe do things differently than our competitors - we build furniture that is more robust. We consider the user and their environment then challenge the limits for what is expected and accepted as standard within the industry. All wood composite substrate is locally sourced. In addition, all Watson components are tested against, and meet, BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) standards for desk construction integrity, durability, and component function. In all cases, we exceed BIFMA standards.

General ConstructionTonic Credenzas have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Bottom Under’ case construction to maximize the strength of the 11/8 inch thick material construction.

Tonic Credenza units are constructed using a 11/8 inch outer case to allow longer widths and to support the weight of Tonic Pallets. Shelf dividers and rear panels are constructed with 3/4 inch material for solid structural support and visual contrast to the outer case proportion.

For durability and improved aesthetics, storage side panels are banded on all edges. Side panels are set flush to the top and bottom of the case, and all fasteners are fully concealed.

All Tonic storage units are constructed to a Watson standard of 1/16 inch clearance between door and drawer gaps. This is approximately three times more precise than the industry standard of 1/4 inch. The result is a finely crafted appearance that is maintained over long runs of storage.

DrawersOur drawer bodies are manufactured in a way that treads lightly on our environment. 80% recycled and 100% recyclable steel shells are coated with reclaimed powder finish. The drawer bottoms are a locally sourced, formaldehyde-free, medium density fiberboard with a UV cured water-borne sealant.

All drawers feature full extension 100 lb. (200 lb. on lateral files) ball bearing slides.

A pencil tray is included with every case that has a 15 inch wide box drawer.

File drawers include file rails for full volume, side-to-side filing. Due to the compact 15 inch depth all tonic filing is designed for letter size Pendaflex style folders. Legal width filing is not accommodated in the Trolley.

LocksStorage locks can be specified one of three ways, factory installed “F”, non-locking “N“ or field installed “U.” “F” locks are keyed randomly and factory installed. The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. Field installed ”U” locks are keyed alike upon installation in the field.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


STORAGE | Credenzas

STORAGE | Pallet Tops

Open Pallet Top

Door Open

Combo Center Combo

File SideCombo Side

File Center

Slider Door File

Door

Pallet Tops rest atop the credenza units on a non-skid pad without hardware connections

Tonic Bases are factory installed


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


21 27

STORAGE | Size Logic

60 inch segments 75 inch segments 90 inch segments

15 15 15

43 58 73

Credenza withPallet and Base

Credenza withBase

15 inches TallCredenza

20 inches TallCredenza + Base

21 inches TallCredenza + Pallet

26 inches TallCredenza + Base + Pallet

The Palllet Tops and Tonic Bases may be added to the Credenzas

Nominal dimensions shown:

Open Floor Space:

30

30

30

15 15 15

15

15

15

15

15 15 15 15

15

15

15

15

30

30

3015 15

15

15

15

15

30

30 30

30 22 1/2 30

30 22 1/215

15 15

1522 1/2 30

30

30

22 1/2

30 45 45 60 60

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


STORAGE | Trolley

Sliding Access to File Storage

Optional Cushion

Sliding Access to PET lined box storage

Open storage for personal items or Tonic Cube Bin

26

14

30

14

1320

1

16

15

13

Interior Storage

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ACCESSORIES | Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Bins

Screens

Technology

144

145

146

147

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TONIC Bench Tables Storage Accessories

Tonic Accessories are designed to add functionality to the bench, table and storage units. The Accessory line includes bins for storage and organization, screens for privacy and a selection of technology add-ons to support the most contemporary workstyles.

ACCESSORIES | Specification Guide

ACCESSORIES | Statement of Line


Cushion

Bins

Screens

12

$

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

111/4

111/4

5 1/2

5 1/2



ACCESORIES | Bins

1210

12 12

4

12 7 12 12 512 12 6 4 12

Cube Bin

Trolley

Trolley

Trolley

Pallet Top

Credenza

Credenza

Pallet Infill

Cube or Window Box

Cube or Window Box

Cube or Window Box

File Bin File Pile Bin Tool Bin

CUBE BIN

FILE BIN

FILE PILE BIN

TOOL BIN

SIZING LOGIC

The Cube Bin is sized to fit into the Tonic Trolley, Open Credenza and the Cube or Window Boxes

NOTE Cube Bins will not fit under support rails in Truss Ends

NOTE File Pile Bins will not fit under support rails in Truss Ends

The Cube Bin is sized to 2 units deep into the Trolley and the Cube or Window Box

The File Pile Bins can be positioned vertically or horizontally to fit the Trolley, Credenza and the Cube or Window Box

The Tool Bin fits into the Pallet Top and the Pallet Infill components

All bins are constructed of folded, powder-coated sheet steel and the bottom is lined with a removable PET felt pad.


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Tonic Side screens slide onto the bench segments to add privacy and separation between worksurfaces. Securing hardware is available at no additional cost.

ACCESSORIES | Screens

SIDE SCREENS

PORTABLE SCREENS

HANGING MARKERBOARD

SIZING LOGIC

for 53 inch bench

for 53 inch bench

for 65 inch bench

for 65 inch bench

Tonic Portable Screens feature an accessory tray for holding personal electronics.

Add functionality to the Side and Portable screens with the magnetic Tonic Hanging Markerboard.

Both screen types are available to fit the 53 and 65 inch benches.

24 or 30

9 99

12

24 1/2

19 or 25


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Tonic Side screens slide onto the bench segments to add privacy and separation between worksurfaces. Securing hardware is available at no additional cost.


ACCESSORIES | Technology

CPU HOLDER

STASH

The Tonic CPU Holder mounts below the worksurface to keep computers off of the floor and facilitate wire management through the wire trough. The CPU Holder is constructed of folded sheet metal and finished in any Watson standard powdercoat.

Stash is a versatile accessory for organizing personal items, work bags or CPU’s underneath the Tonic Bench. Inline casters make Stash easy to access when needed and easy to hide when not. A PET lined upper tray provides a soft landing spot for electronic devices. The body and tray can be specified with contrasting or matching powdercoat. Total unit weight is 25 lbs.

8

18

20

20

22

31 1/2

17 1/2

9

Open PET lined tray

Inline Micro Casters

Single Piece Steel Assembly

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

2 Power2 Data

4 Power0 Data

6 Power0 Data4 Power2 Data



WIRE VERTEBRAE

POWER ACCESS LID

The Tonic Wire Vertebrae attaches into the underside of the Power and Data Raceway to conceal and organize wires that drop from the bench to floor monuments.

Designed specifically to meet the Chicago Building Code requirements this lid fits directly into the power access holes on the infill components. The unit is constructed of 16 gauge steel.

30

Attaches to the bottom of the Power and Data Raceway with a plastic disc, no tools required


MEDIA FASTMedia Fast is a clamp-on version of Tonic’s Media Display Infill. Media Fast includes mounting hardware for flat panel displays up to 37 inches diagonal.

48

37 max 20

15

5

10

Power Module Location

Cables Box

Cables are routed through the clamp to the underside of the table

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TONIC | Finish Guide

Guidelines

Finish Options

150

151

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


BENCH | Finishes

SIMPLE TABLES | Finishes

STORAGE | Finishes

NOTE Due to minor differences in color and gloss between High and Low Pressure laminates we recommend choosing contrasting finishes

Grain Direction

High Pressure Laminate

Low Pressure Laminate

Powdercoat for Neighborhood Light

Textile for Screen Infill

Powdercoat for Sliding Doors

Low Pressure Laminate for Pallet

Textile for optional cushion

Low Pressure Laminate for All Infills

High Pressure Laminate for Media Display

High Pressure Laminate for Worksurface

High Pressure Laminate for Worksurface

Edge forWorksurface

Edge forWorksurface

Powdercoat forBase Assembly

Rotating Center is only available in White Markerboard Laminate

Low Pressure Laminate for body

Low Pressure Laminate for body

Low Pressure Laminate for optional contrasting door and drawer faces

Pulls Low Pressure Laminate for optional contrasting base

Powdercoat for Legs

FINISHES | Watson Standards

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


FINISHES | Watson Standards

Powdercoat

BK Black

CH Charcoal


M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FJ Frosty White

FQ Fashion Grey

90 Edge(11/4 inch exposed MDF)

CH Charcoal

ZE Natural

90 Trim Edge(1-1/2 mm thick Polymer) EH Blond Echo

FE Fine Sycamore

KM Kensington Maple

RV River Cherry

DT Studio Teak

TW Tuscan Walnut

BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FJ Frosty White

FQ Fashion Grey

White Markerboard Laminate OptionWhen white markerboard laminate is specified, an additional $250 will be added to the base price of segment; an additional $125 is added to each End Segment. Markerboard surfaces are only available with a 90 Natural edge.

Clear Powdercoat OptionWhen clear powdercoat is specified, an additional 10% will be added to the base price of each desk or accessory ordered. Clear coat powder is for those seeking a less manufactured appearance and as such welds and weld heat bluing are visible. Surface grind and scratch marks will also show through the clear coating.



JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr



D0 Xanadu


A1 Asian Night

A2 Asian Sand

B8 Blond Echo

C5 Colombian Walnut

DA Madagascar

QI Monticello Maple

RI Rio

TX Studio Teak


X1 Xanadu

Low Pressure Laminate

BK Black

EH Blond Echo

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

FE Fine Sycamore

KM Kensington Maple

RV River Cherry

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

DT Studio Teak

TW Tuscan Walnut

WA White Aluminum

FJ Frosty White

FQ Fashion Grey

Textiles PET COLLECTION

2V Ash

7K Smoke

2I Charcoal


9B Amber

9A Angora

6D Asteroid

9H Birch

9U Cumin

6X Fossil

9E Goose

9R Graphite

1G Green Apple

6H Henna

90 “U” N45

Edge Options

90 Trim “Q” Stretta

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TONIC | QuickSpec

Guidelines

Example

45

60

75

90

154

156

158

162

166

170PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

45 60 75 90

45 60 75 90

191519

53

25 25

28.5

15

65


TONIC QuickSpecThe Tonic QuickSpec guide is a fast method to specify in six simple steps:

STEP 1 | Segment Width

STEP 2 | Number of Segments

STEP 3 | Depth of Worksurface

All Bench Segments are two sided and available in 45, 60, 75, and 90 inch modular units:

Segments can be combined in the following ways:

All Tonic Bench Segments can be either 53 inch or 65 inch deep:

TONIC QuickSpec 45 60 75 90

NoteOnce a width has been selected all Infill Kits must be selected from the same width category

Infill KitWidth

Bench Segment

2

wor

ksta

tions

4

6

8

10

12

45

90

135

180

225

270

60

120 150 180

270225

300

180

240

300

75 90

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

+


Media Display(only compatible with flat)

Standard Power4 receptacles per segment per side8 data knockouts per segment per side

Wall Conference Truss Low Truss High

Heavy Power8 receptacles per segment per side8 data knockouts per segment per side

FlatFlat Infill Kits are flush with the worksurface:

Accessory

PalletPallet Infill Kits are 5 inches tall:

ScreensScreen Infill Kits are either 9 1/4 or 14 1/4 inches tall:

No Power Access

No Power Access

No Power Access

Neighborhood Light

Single Power AccessTechnology Slots



Dual Power AccessTechnology Slots



Cube or Window Box

STEP 4 | Power + Data

STEP 5 | End Segments

STEP 6 | Infill Kits

Choose Standard or Heavy Power:

An End Segment must be selected for each end of the bench:

An Infill Kit must be selected for each segment of the bench:


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

75

65

+


75 inch Segment Width

3 - 75 inch Segments

65 inch Deep Worksufrace

Heavy Power

End 1: 19 inch ConferenceEnd 2: High-Low Storage

Segment 1: Media Display ComboSegment 2: Pallet with Dual Power AccessSegment 3: 14 inch Screen with Dual Power Access

TONIC QuickSpec Example

STEP 1 | Segment Width

STEP 2 | Number of Segments

STEP 3 | Depth of Worksurface

STEP 4 | Power

STEP 5 | End Segments

STEP 6 | Infill Kits


Heavy Power

Conference High-Low Storage

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Tonic | QuickSpecThe following price list section reflects the published 20-20 Technologies Tonic CAP/GIZA standards and options found in the WAT library

To download the WAT library please go to www.watsondesking.com/resources/cadblocks/tonic.htm

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

53 Standard 5345-01-SP 351753 Heavy 5345-01-HP 3931













DepthPowerOption List PriceModel Number45

1 segment

2 segment

3 segment

4 segment

5 segment

6 segment

Segments


Choose 2 End Segments:

Conference

15 19 25

Truss Low Truss HighWallDepth

+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15

53 inch

+0065 inch

+280

+299

+289

+312

+301

+410

+642

+726

+1105

+1231

Infill Kits

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI45-FMB 60

Single TBI45-FMS 299

Dual TBI45-FMH 419

Single TBI45-FMS-L 2209

Single TBI45-FMS-MD 865

Single TBI45-FMS-CB15 503


PowerAccess List PriceModel Number45 Flat

Infill Kits


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI45-PMB 288

Single TBI45-PMS 555

Dual TBI45-PMH 675

Single TBI45-PMS-L 2448

Single TBI45-PMS-CB15 742


POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER45 Pallet

Infill Kits


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

9 None TBI45-9MB 31414 None TBI45-14MB 326

9 Single TBI45-9MS 51814 Single TBI45-14MS 543

9 Dual TBI45-9MH 63814 Dual TBI45-14MH 663

9 Single TBI45-9MS-L 241314 Single TBI45-14MS-L 2430

9 Single TBI45-9MS-CB15 70714 Single TBI45-14MS-CB15 724



POWER ACCESS

SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER45 Screen

Infill Kits


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS












60

Segments

DEPTHPOWEROPTION LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER


1 segment

2 segment

3 segment

4 segment

5 segment


Conference

15 19 25


+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15

53 inch

+0065 inch

+280

+299

+289

+312

+301

+410

+642

+726

+1105

+1231

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI60-FMB 74


Dual TBI60-FMH 433






60 Flat

Infill Kits

POWERACCESS LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI60-PMB 360


Dual TBI60-PMH 708




60 Pallet

Infill Kits



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS








60 Screen

Infill Kits


POWER ACCESS

SCREEN HEIGHT LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS










75

Segments

DEPTHPOWEROPTION LIST PRICEMODEL NUMBER


1 segment

2 segment

3 segment

4 segment


Conference

15 19 25


+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15

53 inch

+0065 inch

+280

+299

+289

+312

+301

+410

+642

+726

+1105

+1231

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI75-FMB 88


Dual TBI75-FMH 447




Single TBI75-FMS-WB30 551



75 Flat

Infill Kits

POWERACCESS List PriceModel Number


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI75-PMB 392


Dual TBI75-PMH 739



Single TBI75-PMS-WB30 807


75 Pallet

Infill Kits



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS






9 Single TBI75-9MS-WB30 77014 Single TBI75-14MS-WB30 795



75 Screen

Infill Kits


POWER ACCESS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS








90

Segments

DepthPowerOption List PriceModel Number


1 segment

2 segment

3 segment


Conference

15 19 25


+00WE04 CE15 CE19 CE25 LS15 HS15

53 inch

+0065 inch

+280

+299

+289

+312

+301

+410

+642

+726

+1105

+1231

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI90-FMB 102


Dual TBI90-FMH 461




Single TBI90-FMS-WB30 566


90 Flat

Infill Kits

PowerAccess List PriceModel Number


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI90-FMB 102


Dual TBI90-FMH 461




TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90”


PowerOption List PriceModel Number90 Pallet

Infill Kits


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

None TBI90-FMB 102


Dual TBI90-FMH 461









9 Single TBI90-9MS-WB30 79914 Single TBI90-14MS-WB30 832

TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90” TONIC QuickSpec 45” 60” 75” 90”


90 Screen

Infill Kits


POWER ACCESS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TONIC | Price List

Bench

Simple Tables

Storage

Accessories

176

182

184

187

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TBTUY 777

45 TBTU45 1543 159360 TBTU60 1663 172975 TBTU75 1782 197490 TBTU90 2017 2225


Yoke

Bench Segment

Bench Segments

Width

Model Number

Model Number 53 inch 65 inch

Depth


N45 Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50

Edge Options

90 Trim “Q”+ $100

Stretta+ $400

? For Specification Guide see page 126

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


4 TBEWE04 197 204

15 TBECE15 280 29819 TBECE19 301 32425 TBECE25 332 358

15 TBELS15 642 726

15 TBEHS15 1104 1274


Wall End

Conference End

Truss Low

Truss Tall

End Segments

DEPTH

D

D

D

D

W

W

W

W

Model Number 53 inch 65 inch

Width

FinishesWall and Conference Ends will be specified to match the bench segments

Truss Low and Truss Tall may be specified to have the worksurface continue through the storage or have a uniform case color.

End Storage units come cable ready with a 11/2 by 3 inch grommet in the (bottom) center compartment and notch cutaways to the left and right compartments

N45 and Stretta edges are not compatible with Low and High-Low Storage ends.

Ceiling Power PolePower Pole extensions are available for Conference Ends only

Power Pole Option +$790


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


45 TCIPR45S-S 80360 TCIPR60S-S 83575 TCIPR75S-S 86890 TCIPR90S-S 901

45 TCIPR45S-A 82760 TCIPR60S-A 87975 TCIPR75S-A 93090 TCIPR90S-A 982

45 TCIPR45S-E 79660 TCIPR60S-E 82875 TCIPR75S-E 86190 TCIPR90S-E 893


Adder

Ender

Starter

Standard Power Raceway

Width PriceModel Number

NotesRaceway Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment

All Standard Power Raceways are 4 circuit (3+1)

For Chicago power options please contact your regional sales representative

OptionsAn infeed option must be specified for each Starter Unit

FinishesA Powdercoat Color must be selected to finish the Raceway specification

Hardwire, 72” Whip +$00Hardwire, 180” Whip +$151New York, J-Box +$19San Francisco, 72” Whip +$117San Francisco, 180” Whip +$151

Infeed Options


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


45 TCIPR45H-S 121760 TCIPR60H-S 126875 TCIPR75H-S 132090 TCIPR90H-S 1371

45 TCIPR45H-A 119860 TCIPR60H-A 125075 TCIPR75H-A 130190 TCIPR90H-A 1353

45 TCIPR45H-1 135860 TCIPR60H-1 141175 TCIPR75H-1 146590 TCIPR90H-1 1518


Adder

Single Circuit

Starter

Heavy Power Raceway

Width PriceModel Number

NotesRaceway Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment

Heavy Starter and Adder Raceways are 4 circuit (3+1)

Single Circuit Segments are only available with a grounded three-prong plug-in infeed

For Chicago power options please contact your local sales representative

OptionsAn infeed option must be specified for each Starter Unit

Single Circuit Raceways may only be specified on a single segment bench

FinishesA powdercoat Color must be selected to finish the Raceway specification

Hardwire, 72” Whip +$00Hardwire, 180” Whip +$141New York, J-Box +$19San Francisco, 72” Whip +$117San Francisco, 180” Whip +$151

Infeed Options


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 TCIFD15NN 32 - - -30 TCIFD30NN 46 285 250 26745 TCIFD45NN 60 316 279 30460 TCIFD60NN 74 349 307 34075 TCIFD75NN 88 380 454 49590 TCIFD90NN 102 412 482 532

30 TCIFD30MS 285 524 489 50645 TCIFD45MS 298 554 517 542

60 TCIFD60MS 313 588 546 57975 TCIFD75MS 327 619 693 73490 TCIFD90MS 237 547 617 667

45 TCIFD45MH 418 674 637 66260 TCIFD60MH 433 708 666 69975 TCIFD75MH 446 738 812 85390 TCIFD90MH 461 771 841 891

90 TCIFD90HH 580 890 960 1010


Blank

Infill ComponentsPrimary

Single Power Access

Dual Power Access

High Density

Width Flat Pallet 9 inch Screen14 inch ScreenModel Number

NotesInfill Width must match the width of the corresponding bench segment

Single Power Access or Blank Infills are recommended with Standard Power Raceways

Finishes Flat: Select a case finish Pallet: Select a case finish Screen: Select a case finish and a textile finish


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 47 24 TCIVC154724 57915 47 24 TCIVC154724 96115 47 24 TCIVC154724 1070

15 15 30 TCITL151530 1850

15 15 15 TCIWB151515 217

15 30 15 TCIWB153015 252


Infill ComponentsAccessory

Neighborhood Light

Cube Box

Window Box

Media Display D / W / H Price

2 Power/2 Data4 Power

Model Number

NotesAccessory Infills must be specified with a primary infill that is 15 inches (or 30 inches for the Window Box) shorter than the length of the corresponding bench segment.

Finishes Media Display: case laminate and backboard laminate Lamp: powdercoat Cube and Window Box: case laminate


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


36 48 28 TWTRE3648 87536 60 28 TWTRE3660 98536 72 28 TWTRE3672 103536 96 28 TWTRE3696 1422

48 48 28 TWTRE4848 97348 60 28 TWTRE4860 109248 72 28 TWTRE4872 132248 96 28 TWTRE4896 1758

60 60 28 TWTRE6060 1166

48 48 28 TWTRO48 914

60 60 28 TWTRO60 1166

48 48 28 TWTRC48 1524

60 60 28 TWTRC60 1897


Rectangle

Simple Tables

Round

Rotating Round

D / W / H PriceModel Number

NotesRotating Rounds centers are only available in Whiteboard Laminate Finish

Rotating Rounds are not compatible with Power Modules



45 Natural + $00 Charcoal + $50

Edge Options

90 Trim “Q”+ $50

Stretta+ $50

? For Specification Guide see pages 134-135

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 30 15 TSCRO153015 418

Left 15 45 15 TSCRO154515L 552Right 15 45 15 TSCRO154515R 552

15 60 15 TSCRO163015 657

15 30 21 TTP301521 1061

Trolley



30 inch Credenza Open

Storage




Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”

Cushion Trolley Cushion +$175

Credenza Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350

? For Specification Guide see page 140-141

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Left 15 60 15 TSCRCC156015L 1315Right 15 60 15 TSCRCC156015R 1315

Left 15 45 15 TSCRC154515L 1486Right 15 45 15 TSCRC154515R 1486

Left 15 60 15 TSCRCS156015L 1270Right 15 60 15 TSCRCS156015R 1270


Storage

Credenza Combo Center

Credenza Combo

Credenza Combo Side


Notes Drawer Faces may be specified with a contrasting finish

Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”

Credenza Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

15 45 15 TSCRSD154515 810

15 60 15 TSCRSD156015 917

Credenza Sliding Door


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 30 15 TSCRF153015 992

Left 15 45 15 TSCRDO154515L 758Right 15 45 15 TSCRDO154515R 758

15 60 15 TSCRDO156015 863

15 45 15 TSCRFS154515L 112515 45 15 TSCRFS154515R 1125

15 60 15 TSCRFC156015 1230

15 30 15 TSCRD153015 624


Storage

Credenza File

Credenza File Side

Credenza File Center

Credenza Door

Credenza Door Open


Notes Drawer Faces may be specified with a contrasting finish

Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.”

Tonic Base5” Wood Core base +$3005” Wood Core base (contrasting) +$350

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 30 6 TSCPOH153006 358

Left 15 45 6 TSCPOH154506L 459Right 15 45 6 TSCPOH154506R 459

15 60 6 TSCPOH156006 547

15 45 6 TSCPOC154506 45915 60 6 TSCPOC156006 499


Storage

30 inch Pallet Top

45 inch Pallet Top

60 inch Pallet Top Offset

Pallet Top Centered



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


5 12 4 TBINC051204 84

12 12 12 TBINA121212 125

7 12 10 TBINA071210 100

4 12 12 TBINB041212 776 12 12 TBINB061212 84


Tool Bin

Bins

Cube Bin

File Bin

File Pile Bin


Notes All bins come standard with a removable PET felt liner


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


53 TGAST081909 23865 TGAST082509 248

53 TGATD24 28265 TGATD24 282

TGAHM 78


Screens

Portable Tak Screen

Side Screen

Hanging Markerboard

Surface Depth PriceModel Number


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


11 47 24 TMV114724 85311 47 24 TMV114724 1234

11 47 24 TMV114724 1344

09 22 20 TTS092220 348

08 20 18 TGACH180820 145

06 08 TCIAC0608 119

22 TGAVV22 161

15 15 1 TTC151501 182


Media Fast


CPU Holder

Stash

Power Access Lid

Wire Vertebrae

Cushion


2 Power/2 Data4 Power


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


The Tonic bench table and all the electrical components are cETLus listed to the appropriate industry standards in accordance with the U.S. and Canadian Electrical code. The Tonic Bench Table unit features an 8-wire, four circuit manufactured wiring harness system. Tonic’s power distribution is based on a power raceway consisting of power raceway furnishing, power blocks, pre-configured outlets, jumper cables between power blocks, and power feed for hardwire connection to building power supply. They are rigidly mounted between desktop support rails which allow access from above and through access holes in the infill components. Communication and data cabling can be routed in a raceway to support a technology rich environ-ment. Knockouts in the Power and Data Raceway provide mounting locations for data faceplates. Cable slats are suspended in the channel underneath the Power and Data Raceway to hold data cables.

Power and Data

Data Face Plates

Wiring SchematicsDetails for the Electrician

Tonic is offered in a 3+1 schematic. On a single 3-phase circuit panel, all four circuits are distributed as shown.

Each bench segment and power module ships with a set of data faceplate adapters. The following list describes the included faceplate adapters. 2 of each adapter are included.

AAAABBBB BBBBBBBB CC CCCC DDEE FF GG HH

Systimax/CommScopeUniprise/CommScopeL-Com Keystone ModularTyco Sl, and 100 Connect Series Modular Jacks Siemon Keystone StyleAllen Tel Versa Tap SeriesLevitron Quick Port SeriesNordx Keystone StyleTyco SL Coupler Series Krone 6000 Series/ADCHubbell Xcelerator Keystone SeriesBlank Ortonics TracJack SeriesPanduit Mini-Com SEries Microphone Jack/3-pin XLR, solder type Video Monitor Jack/DB-15, panel mount solder

3+1 Four 20-amp circuits, 8 wire configuration: 3 hots with a shared neutral and ground (dirty) plus one hot with an isolated neutral and ground (clean).

Wiring and Cabling: This system MUST BE supplied by a multiwire branch circuit power with individual circuits rated at 20 amps/120 volts maximum.Power distribution block is molded polycarbonate, 8-wire.

TONIC | Technical Specifications

1

2

4

3

circ

uits

ground2

neutral2

ground1

neutral1

hotD

hot C

hot B

hotA

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


TONIC | Technical Specifications

Jumper cables: Metal flex covering conduit, 8-wire. The metal flex cable provides electro-magnetic isolation near low voltage telecom cables.Outlets: molded polycarbonate simplex pre-configured as circuit 1, 2, 3IG, 4.Power Feed: Metal-flex covering – Galvanized steel. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs.

Single CircuitOne 15 or 20-amp circuit, 3 wire with one hot, one neutral & one ground; all 12 gauge conductors. The plug fits standard 15 & 20-amp outlets. The 20-amp system requires a single circuit power source with NEMA 520 wall receptacle. A 20-amp plug fits only in a 20-amp outlet. The National Electrical Code (NEC) allows a maximum of 12 receptacles or 24 outlets on each 15-amp circuit, and 13 receptacles or 26 outlets on a 20-amp circuit.

Local Electrical CodesConsult a qualified electrical contractor or engineer for the proper installation of all electrical components. In accordance with NEC2011 Article 210, the permissible load should not exceed 80% of the circuit ampere rating (which is 16 amps on each 20 amp branch circuit).

Test StandardsAll Tonic standard surface and fabric materials are evaluated or tested to ensure that they meet or exceed all appropriate industry standards. Whenever possible, testing is done in Watson facilities. Independent test labs such as Intertek and Underwriters Laboratories, are contracted to perform testswhich require special testing facilities or independent verification results.

ASTM E-84, UL StandardAll Tonic standard vertical surface fabrics are evaluated and/or tested, and must meet or exceed the UL or Building Code standard. When COM fabrics are specified, Watson makes no claims of flammability resistance and assumes no liability, unless the fabrics are tested in UL or another Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Watson will not apply any vertical surface fabrics to the Listed Tonic Bench productunless they meet UL requirements.

ProcedureTextiles are tested on actual products. The vertical surface textile sample is placed on the product for chamber fire testing. The product, along w/ the fabric, is allowed to burn for ten minutes or until fully consumed (if sooner) and is observed through windows on the side of the chamber. Flamespread and smoke developed tests are performed by independent laboratories.

Media DisplayThe Tonic bench table has an optional Video Conference Panel to mount Flat Screen TV monitors up to 37 inch diagonal screen size. Typical power specifications for video conferencing components are:

TV LCD Monitor

AC 100 – 240V – (+/- 10%), 50/60Hz; Power Consumption: 220W (max)Samsung 32 inch Professional LCD Display 320MXN-2

Neighborhood Light

AssemblyThe base, pole and top assembly are constructed of cold-rolled steel that is finished in specifiable powdercoat. The Interior reflector is aluminum.

ElectricalAll components are UL 153 and LED 8750 certified for US and Canada. Power is supplied by an 84 inch whip that terminates in a standard 3 prong plug head. The LED array is rated for a 25,000 hour lifetime and is warrantied for 1 year. The emitted light has a 3000K color temperature and Color Rendering Index of 80. The switch is a 3 step touch dimming switch with the following settings; 100%, 67%, 33%, off

New York City Power InfeedThe Special Purpose Multi-Circuit power infeed includes a female connector that mates with the Electri-Pak Power block, length of flex cable and junc-tion box. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs and are connected to building power by a certified electrician.

San Francisco Power InfeedWhen necessary this infeed includes a length of liquid tight cable. The Special Purpose Base power infeed includes a female connector that mates with the Electri-Pak Power block, length of flex cable and liquid tight cable installed outside of the bench. All circuits rated for 20 AMPs and are connected to building power by a certified electrician.

Chicago PowerAll electrical components and installation are provided by a certified electrician.

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

Storage | Table of Contents

ZO

MIRO

FUSION

ZONE

196

298

329

341

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

ZO | Table of Contents

GreetingsA Quick LookBasicsSize LogicLocksPullsGrain DirectionPalette LogicFinishesSurface Support

ZO DenzaLowMidHigh

ZO StakLowMidHigh

ZO TeamDenzaStak

ZO PedFixedTechMobile

ZO SideFile ComboWardrobe

ZO RobeDoorFileCombo

ZO Lat

ZO StoOpenDoorFileCombo

ZO OverOpenDoorCombo

ZO SupportSidePed

196198199200201202202203203204

206212218223

233236237239

243244246

247248249253

254256257258

260261262266

270

272274278282284

286287288290

291292296

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO | Greetings

Watson Desking introduces ZO, the credenza-based alternative to conventional storage systems. ZO was inspired by our users’ desires for free-standing and non-handed storage, space division without isolation, and visual cohesion among team spaces, private offices, and work areas. Whether your team has pilers or filers, wants to openly display resources or keep them out-of-sight, ZO’s comprehensive line helps organize dynamic workforces and their workspaces with a minimum number of components. Combine ZO with any Watson Desking worksurface to create open plans and private offices with a modern sensibility.

ZO is built from wood composite board that is 100% recycled industrial by-product from local milling operations located within our Pacific Northwest region. The wood board contains 90-95% recycled content that in turn may be recycled again. Boards are finished with GreenGuard™ certified laminates. Laminates are fused to surfaces using water-based, non toxic and ultra-low VOC emitting adhesive. ZO’s steel legs have recycled content of over 80%, and are 100% recyclable.

Denza Stak Team Ped Side Robe Lat Sto Over Support

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Denza Low

ZO Denza Mid

ZO Denza High

ZO Stak

ZO Side ZO Robe ZO Lat

ZO Sto

ZO Over

ZO Ped


ZO Team

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO | A Quick Look

ZO Denza Low, 16 to 20 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide

ZO Denza Mid, 22 to 26 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide

ZO Denza High, 26 inches high, 30 to 90 inches wide

ZO Stak, 15 to 40 inches high, 12 to 48 inches wide

ZO Ped, 20 to 26 inches high

ZO Side, 42 and 54 inches high ZO Robe, 42 to 66 inches high

ZO Sto, 42 to 78 inches high, 30 and 36 inches wide, 15 and 20 inches deep ZO Over, 45 to 75 inches wide

ZO Lat, 26 to 54 inches high


ZO Team, 15 and 26 inches high, 30 to 72 inches wide

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



We do things differently than our competitors - we build furniture that is more robust. We consider the user and their environment then challenge the limits for what is expected and accepted as standard within the industry. All wood composite substrate is locally sourced and, at minimum, CARB (California Air Resource Board) 1 compliant; 80% of our materials are CARB 2 compliant. In addition, all Watson components are tested against, and meet, BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) standards for desk construction integrity, durability, and component function. In most cases, we eclipse BIFMA standards.

General ConstructionTo maximize the strength of the 11/8 inch thick material construction, ZO Denza and ZO Sto units have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Bottom Under’ case construction.

ZO Stak units have ‘Top Over’ and ‘Side Over’ construction to enhance the core case strength and provide a clean visual appearance.

ZO Denza units are constructed using a 11/8 inch outer case to allow longer widths and to support the weight of ZO Stak cases. Shelf dividers and rear panels are constructed with 3/4 inch material for solid structural support and visual contrast to the outer case proportion.

For durability and improved aesthetics, storage side panels are banded all the way around. Side panels are set flush to the top and bottom of the case, and all fasteners are fully concealed.

CasesCable Ready ZO Denza back panels have a 5/8 inch gap at the top, shelves inset 11/8 inches from the back, and pass-through cut-outs on all vertical dividers. For more information on our Cable Ready specifications see page 207 .

All storage case depths and widths are true-size dimensions. Depth variance for units with or without drawers or door faces is nominal, less that 1 inch for any ZO component. For example, ZO Denza units with drawer and door faces have a 20 inch depth. The actual depth of open units differs slightly. To obtain the actual measurement of an open unit subtract 7/8 of an inch (the depth of a drawer or door face) from the overall depth measurement of the case.

DrawersOur drawer bodies are manufactured in a way that “treads lightly” on our environment. 80% recycled and 100% recyclable steel shells are coated with reclaimed powder finish. The drawer bottoms are a locally sourced, formaldehyde-free, medium density fiberboard.

All drawers feature full extension 100 lb. (200 lb. on lateral files) ball bearing slides.

A pencil tray is included with every case that has a 15 inch wide box drawer.

File drawers include file rails for full volume, side-to-side filing.

ShelvesAll internal or exposed shelves are fixed and non-adjustable.

LocksStorage locks can be specified one of three ways, factory installed “L,” non-locking “N,” or field installed “U.” “L” locks are keyed randomly and factory installed. The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. Field installed “U” locks are keyed alike upon installation in the field. For details and ordering information, see page 97.

Anti-TipFile drawers and lateral files are counterbalanced.

Lateral file drawer units feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide which prevents multiple drawers from opening at one time.

ZO Support cabinets are shipped with risers or brackets. The per unit price reflects no additional cost for added counter balances.

AccessoriesOur tack panels are covered with 100% recycled polyester, woven fabric. The tack board core material is Homosote™ acoustic paperboard.

The P.E.T. felt ZO pad is made from 100% post consumer waste, and may be recycled again.

The ZO Dot is upholstered in TeKnit™ 100% recycled and 100% recyclable fabric.

ZO | Basics


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


78

66

54

42

26

66

53

41

26

62

49

37

22

66

53

41

26

60

47

35

20

55

42

31

16

ZO | Size Logic

ZO Denza Low, no base w/ ZO Stak ZO Denza Low, w/ base w/ ZO Stak

ZO Denza Mid, no base w/ ZO Stak ZO Denza Mid, w/ base w/ ZO Stak

ZO Denza High w/ ZO Stak

ZO Sto

ZO components are available in a wide variety of heights and widths designed to meet all basic storage needs and to pair seamlessly with any Watson Desking worksurface. Standard filing compatible drawers and binder height shelving are two dimensions that inform sizing throughout the ZO line. The ZO Denza paired with the ZO Stak may be configured to create a residential feel, set at panel height, or stacked at full height for increased privacy within the open plan. The ZO Denza, ZO Side, and ZO Ped may be specified to support storage (see page 100 for details).


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “L,” or field installed “U.”

The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “L” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.

“U” Field Installed Locks

COLOR PART NUMBER KEY NUMBER

Black 080250 LP _ _ _ 100-150Silver 480043 LP _ _ _ 100-150

ZO | Locks

x2

x2

x1

x1

x2

ZO Denza

x1

ZO Stak

ZO Side

x2

x3

x1

x1 x2

ZO Sto

ZO Robe

ZO Ped

ZO Lat

x2

x1

x1


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO pulls are available in a range of styles designed to suit both transitional and modern aesthetics. All ZO pulls are sized 128mm (5 inches) wide.

ZO | Pulls

Bar Silver B Jota Silver J Jota Black K Alto Silver A

ZO | Grain Direction

Front Grain Direction: On faces and cases, the grain direction runs vertically. On surfaces, the grain runs horizontally.

Back Grain Direction: The grain direction on most cabinet backs is horizontal. ZO Stak and ZO Sto case backs are vertical. All case sides are vertical.


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO | Finishes

Powdercoat(Legs, Metal components)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

FQ Fashion Grey

FJ Frosty White

ZO Dot Cushion

5Z Chocolate

6J Dark Crimson

6K Smoke

0X Xanadu

Surface Laminate(Storage faces) JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr


D0 Xanadu

Storage Laminate(Storage cases, Storage faces) BK Black

EH Blond Echo

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

FE Fine Sycamore

KM Kensington Maple

RV River Cherry

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

DT Studio Teak

TW Tuscan Walnut

WA White Aluminum

FQ Fashion Grey

FJ Frosty White

Textiles(Privacy screens) SPRITE COLLECTION

2V Harvest

7K Khaki

2I Linen

7Y Sky

2W Snow

DRIFT COLLECTION

0R Alabaster

0I Graphite

3K Mocha

9P Pebble

4T Slate

3J Storm


9B Amber

9A Angora

6D Asteroid

9H Birch

9U Cumin

6X Fossil

9E Goose

9R Graphite

1G Green Apple

6H Henna

FACE

CASE

CASEFACE

CASE

CASE

ZO storage can be specified as a Contrast or Non-Contrast finish option. When a Non-Contrast finish option is chosen, storage units ship with a matching Case and Face finish. When ordering Non-Contrast you ONLY specify a storage Case color.

When a Contrast finish option is chosen, your storage Face contrasts your Case finish. When ordering you must specify separate storage Case and Face colors. When selecting your storage Face finish, there are two options to consider: 1) If you select a finish from the “Surface Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Case color selected, or 2) If you select a finish from the “Storage Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Face color selected.

ZO | Palette Logic

Non-Contrast FinishMatching Case and Face finish.

Contrast FinishStorage Face contrasts Case finish.

FACE

CASE

CASE


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO | Surface Support

By doing double duty as storage and worksurface support, the ZO Ssupport family makes good use of added real estate either under or at the side of the worksurface.

ZO Ped Riser SupportThe 26 inch ZO Ped Support is aided by the use of a riser, creating a secure andlevel connection to the worksurface. The ZO Ped riser elevates the worksurface an additional two inches above the ZO Ped. The riser is not intended to be used as a freestanding component and, when attached, creates a fixed position worksurface.

ZO Denza 90° Surface Support The ZO Denza Mid (with either the Blade or ZO base) and ZO Denza High (without a base) may be used as storage support. Support brackets are attached to the worksurface allowing it to rest securely atop the ZO Denza. The surface support bracket is designed for 90° applications (shown). When using the ZO Denza bracket support, the worksurface height is fixed at 291/2 inches high.

ZO Side Bracket Support ZO Side Support is made possible with the use of a ZO Side Support Bracket. When attached, the worksurface height is fixed at 291/2 inches high. A ZO Side bracket may be used opposite a ZO Ped riser, eliminating the need for legs on both sides of the worksurface.

ZO Ped Support ZO Denza Support ZO Side Support


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO | Product Ordering

ZO DenzaLowMidHigh

ZO StakLowMidHigh

ZO TeamDenzaStak

ZO PedFixedTechMobile

ZO SideFile ComboWardrobe

ZO RobeDoorFileCombo

ZO Lat

ZO StoOpenDoorFileCombo

ZO OverOpenDoorCombo

ZO SupportSidePed

206212218223

233236237239

243244246

247248249253

254256257258

260261262266

270

272274278282284

286287288290

291292296

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


For additional seating, ZO cushions can be added to any ZO Denza.

ZO Denza storage can be used to support ZO Stak storage units.

With the addition of a storage riser, any 26 inch high ZO Denza can be used to support a worksurface.

Lateral file drawers aresized for side to side legal filing and include two filerails.

ZO Denza units ship ‘cable ready’ (see page 103 for details).

The ZO Denza case is available in three heights and nine widths, offering a smart array of choices in drawer, door, open, non-handed and dual-facing cabinets. Built upon a dimensional design logic of freestanding components, ZO Denza units can live within and outside traditional panel systems.

ZO Denza | Overview

212 Low

218 Mid

223 High


low 16 inches high

mid 22 inches high

high 26 inches high

No Base Blade Base ZO Base

Base OptionsZO Denza storage is available with one of three base options - no base, wood Blade Base, and hand-mitered, steel ZO Base. When choosing the Blade Base, the finish will match the case. When choosing the ZO Base, you specify the powdercoat.

Height OptionsZO Denza storage is designed to provide increased storage depth and to enhance the visual landscape of the space. Available at 16 and 20 inches tall, ZO Denza Low storage provides moderate storage capacity, supports a residential height sensibility, and is ideal for ancillary seating. ZO Denza Mid and High storage increases the user’s capacity for piling and filing. The 26 inch high ZO Denza Mid and ZO Denza High units may also be used to support a worksurface.

5” 5”

27 inches high

5”

21 inches high

5”

grommet

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Denza | Cable Ready

ZO Denza | AV Option

All ZO Denza storage ships ‘cable ready,’ allowing the user to direct wires through the cabinet and manage them seamlessly. ZO Denza units are built with grommets and pass-throughs to accommodate daily plug and go devices such as cell phone charging stations, iPhone stands, power mats, and even a pencil sharpener (if you still use one). Please note that when selecting a ZO Denza with no base, access to cables from the bottom of the unit is reduced.

Grommet: 13/4 inch, inset from the outside edge by 21/2 inches, press-fit into the base.Shelf: 11/8 inch gap from back, edged on both the front and back.

Back: 5/8 inch gap between the top and the back panel.Pass Through: cut out in vertical dividers.

To meet more intensive AV wire access needs, we have engineered an optional opening at the back of the cabinet.

Shelf: 11/8 inch gap from the back, edged on both the front and back.

Cut-out: 5/8 inch gap between the top and back panel, openings available in 22 - 30 inch wide equivalent sections only, inside edge of cut-out is trimmed with black polypropylene.

front view side view

bottom view

cable access

grommet

grommetgrommet

cable access

grommet

cable access

front view side view

bottom view

cable access

cable access

cable access

av access

For your IT needs, ZO Denza units accommodate USB, DVI, DP/N, VGA, standard grounded and IEC power cables.


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Here’s a helpful guide to ensure that you get the case size you need. ZO Denza units with drawers and/or doors are 20 inches deep; cases without drawers or doors are 191/4 inches deep. All ZO Denza units provide ample room for oversized binders and boxed storage.

30 12 30 30 30 30

Open, Sliding Door, Door, and File 72 wide to 90 wide

45 33 45 45

Combo Side 78 wide to 90 wide

30 15 30

Combo Side 60 wide to 75 wide

15

15

30

15

15

30

30 30 30

Combo Center 60 wide to 90 wide

ZO Denza | Size Logic

Low 20 high with base, 20 deep

30 12 30 30 30 30

Open and Sliding Door 72 wide to 90 wide

26 26 30 30

Door 78 wide to 90 wide

30 30 371/2 371/2


15 30 15 30 30 30

Door Open, File 60 wide to 90 wide

Mid 26 high with base, 20 deep

26 30

15 30 30 30

File Side 45 wide to 60 wide

221/2 15 221/2 30 30 30


221/2 15 221/2 30 30 30

File Center 60 wide to 90 wide


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Denza | Size Logic

30 12 30 30 30 30

Open and Sliding Door 72 wide to 90 wide

26 26 26 30 30 30


30 30 371/2 371/2


15 15 30 30 30 30

Door Open, File 60 wide to 90 wide

High 26 high, 20 deep

30 30 30 30 30 221/2 221/2 15


30 30 30

File Center 60 wide to 90 wide


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Mid 22 or 26 inches high, ZO base shown

ZO Denza | Statement of Line

Low 16 or 20 inches high, ZO base shown

Open page 108

Open page 114

Door page 116

Door Open page 117

File page 118

File Side page 119

File Center page 120

30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90

30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90

Door page 110

File page 111

Combo Center page 113

Combo Combo Side page 112

Door Open page 110

Sliding Door page 109



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Denza | Statement of LineHigh 26 inches high

Open page 121

Door page 123

Door Open page 124

File page 125

Combo Side page 127

Combo Center page 126

Combo page 126

Lateral File page 128

30 36 45 60 72 75 78 84 90



PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low

Notes Storage capacity increases as widths increase; refer to page 207 for dimension changes.

Blade Base color matches case color selected.

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXO203020N

ZSCRXO203620N

ZSCRXO204520L

ZSCRXO204520R

ZSCREO206020

ZSCREO207220

ZSCREO207520

ZSCREO207820

ZSCREO208420

ZSCREO209020

419

497

553

553

658

724

825

842

870

897

D / W

No Base16 H

N

MODEL NUMBER

Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

75 Wide Shown

BASE

A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to your storage unit, specify a “V” after the contrast code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 206 for details.

Left

Right

Product


594

672

728

728

833

899

1000

1017

1045

1072

Blade Base20 H

P

869

947

1003

1003

1108

1174

1275

1292

1320

1347

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Locks Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 201.


Sliding DoorZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low



Sliding door locks at each 30 inch wide section.

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRESD206020

ZSCRESD207220

ZSCRESD207520

ZSCRESD207820

ZSCRESD208420

ZSCRESD209020

918

984

1085

1102

1130

1157

D / W

No Base16 H

N

MODEL NUMBER

78 Wide Shown

BASE

LOCK

N = NoneL = FactoryU = Field

Face Finish (Contrast +$125)

Case Finish

Product


1093

1159

1260

1277

1305

1332

Blade Base20 H

P

1368

1434

1535

1552

1580

1607

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


75 Wide Shown

Door ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXDC203020N

ZSCRXDC203620N

ZSCRXDO204520L

ZSCRXDO204520R

ZSCREDO206020

ZSCREDO207220

ZSCREDO207520

ZSCREDO207820

ZSCREDO208420

ZSCREDO209020

624

708

759

759

864

1136

1237

1254

1281

1309

D / W

PULLLOCKMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown


SeeOptionsBelow



Lateral file drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.



Left

Right

Door Open ZO Base Option Shown

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


No Base16 H

N

BASE

799

883

934

934

1039

1311

1412

1429

1456

1484

Blade Base20 H

P

1074

1158

1209

1209

1314

1586

1687

1704

1731

1759

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



File ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXF203020N

ZSCRXF203620N

ZSCRXF204520L

ZSCRXF204520R

ZSCREF206020

ZSCREF207220

ZSCREF207520

ZSCREF207820

ZSCREF208420

ZSCREF209020

992

1058

1126

1126

1231

1871

1971

1988

2063

2043

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown

30 Wide Shown

LOCK


Left

Right




Product




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

No Base16 H

N

BASE

1167

1233

1301

1301

1406

2046

2146

2163

2238

2218

Blade Base20 H

P

1442

1508

1576

1576

1681

2321

2421

2438

2513

2493

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

216 | www.watsonfurniture.com216 | www.watsonfurniture.com

Combo ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXC204520L

ZSCRXC204520R

ZSCRECS206020L

ZSCRECS206020R

ZSCRECS207220L

ZSCRECS207520L

ZSCRECS207820L

ZSCRECS208420L

ZSCRECS209020L

ZSCRECS207220R

ZSCRECS207520R

ZSCRECS207820R

ZSCRECS208420R

ZSCRECS209020R

1487

1487

1270

1270

1659

1760

1820

1849

1877

1659

1760

1820

1849

1877

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

SeeOptionsBelow

Combo Side ZO Base Option Shown

60 Wide, Left Hand Shown





LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Product




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

No Base16 H

N

BASE

1662

1662

1445

1445

1834

1935

1995

2024

2052

1834

1935

1995

2024

2052

Blade Base20 H

P

1937

1937

1720

1720

2109

2210

2270

2299

2327

2109

2210

2270

2299

2327

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS




Combo Center ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Low

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRECC206020L

ZSCRECC207220L

ZSCRECC207520L

ZSCRECC207820L

ZSCRECC208420L

ZSCRECC209020L

ZSCRECC206020R

ZSCRECC207220R

ZSCRECC207520R

ZSCRECC207820R

ZSCRECC208420R

ZSCRECC209020R

1315

1382

1481

1498

1526

1554

1315

1382

1481

1498

1526

1554

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide, Right Hand Shown



LOCK


Left

Right




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


No Base16 H

N

BASE

1490

1557

1656

1673

1701

1729

1490

1557

1656

1673

1701

1729

Blade Base20 H

P

1765

1832

1931

1948

1976

2004

1765

1832

1931

1948

1976

2004

ZO Base20 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXO203026N

ZSCRXO203626N

ZSCRXO204526L

ZSCRXO204526R

ZSCREO206026

ZSCREO207226

ZSCREO207526

ZSCREO207826

ZSCREO208426

ZSCREO209026

502

624

681

681

858

942

1048

1070

1103

1142

D / W

MODEL NUMBER

Case Finish

Left Hand Shown




Left

Right

Product


677

799

856

856

1033

1117

1223

1245

1278

1317

952

1074

1131

1131

1308

1392

1498

1520

1553

1592

No Base22 H

N

BASE

Blade Base26 H

P

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Sliding DoorZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRESD206026

ZSCRESD207226

ZSCRESD207526

ZSCRESD207826

ZSCRESD208426

ZSCRESD209026

1118

1202

1308

1330

1363

1402

D / W

MODEL NUMBER

78 Wide Shown





LOCK



Case Finish

Product


1293

1377

1483

1505

1538

1577

1568

1652

1758

1780

1813

1852

No Base22 H

N

BASE

Blade Base26 H

P

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXDC203026N

ZSCRXDC203626N

ZSCRXDC204526L

ZSCRXDC204526R

ZSCREDC206026

ZSCREDC207226

ZSCREDC207526

ZSCREDC207826

ZSCREDC208426

ZSCREDC209026

724

870

1036

1036

1242

1325

1598

1621

1793

1957

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

60 Wide Shown

90 Wide Shown

SeeOptionsBelow



LOCK


Left

Right



There is one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


899

1045

1211

1211

1417

1500

1773

1796

1968

2132

1174

1320

1486

1486

1692

1775

2048

2071

2243

2407

No Base22 H

N

BASE

Blade Base26 H

P

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Door Open ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXDO204526L

ZSCRXDO204526R

ZSCREDO206026

ZSCREDO207226

ZSCREDO207526

ZSCREDO207826

ZSCREDO208426

ZSCREDO209026

903

903

1081

1387

1493

1515

1548

1588

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown






LOCK


Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


1078

1078

1256

1562

1668

1690

1723

1763

1353

1353

1531

1837

1943

1965

1998

2038

No Base22 H

N

BASE

Blade Base26 H

P

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 30

20 36

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXF203026N

ZSCRXF203626N

ZSCRXF204526L

ZSCRXF204526R

ZSCREF206026

ZSCREF207226

ZSCREF207526

ZSCREF207826

ZSCREF208426

ZSCREF209026

1192

1292

1370

1370

1548

2322

2428

2450

2483

2522

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown

30 Wide Shown






LOCK


Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


No Base22 H

N

BASE

1367

1467

1545

1545

1723

2497

2603

2625

2658

2697

Blade Base26 H

P

1642

1742

1820

1820

1998

2772

2878

2900

2933

2972

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



File Side ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 45

20 45

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCRXFS204526L

ZSCRXFS204526R

ZSCREFS206026L

ZSCREFS207226L

ZSCREFS207526L

ZSCREFS207826L

ZSCREFS208426L

ZSCREFS209026L

ZSCREFS206026R

ZSCREFS207226R

ZSCREFS207526R

ZSCREFS207826R

ZSCREFS208426R

ZSCREFS209026R

1064

1064

1460

1632

1737

1760

1793

1832

1460

1632

1737

1760

1793

1832

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

SeeOptionsBelow








LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


No Base22 H

N

BASE

1239

1239

1635

1807

1912

1935

1968

2007

1635

1807

1912

1935

1968

2007

Blade Base26 H

P

1514

1514

1910

2082

2187

2210

2243

2282

1910

2082

2187

2210

2243

2282

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Center ZO Base Option Shown

ZO Denza Mid

20 60

20 72

20 75

20 78

20 84

20 90

ZSCREFC206026

ZSCREFC207226

ZSCREFC207526

ZSCREFC207826

ZSCREFC208426

ZSCREFC209026

1242

1325

1432

1760

1793

1832

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options






LOCK


75 Wide Shown

Product


No Base16 H

N

BASE

1417

1500

1607

1935

1968

2007

Blade Base26 H

P

1692

1775

1882

2210

2243

2282

ZO Base26 H

M

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Open

ZO Denza High

20 30 26

20 36 26

20 45 26

20 45 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCXO203026N

ZSBCXO203626N

ZSBCXO204526L

ZSBCXO204526R

ZSBCEO206026

ZSBCEO207226

ZSBCEO207526

ZSBCEO207826

ZSBCEO208426

ZSBCEO209026

518

641

691

691

886

958

1063

1080

1136

1169

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER

Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

PRICE




Left

Right

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Sliding Door

ZO Denza High

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCESD206026

ZSBCESD207226

ZSBCESD207526

ZSBCESD207826

ZSBCESD208426

ZSBCESD209026

1146

1218

1323

1340

1396

1429

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER PRICE




LOCK


78 Wide Shown


Case Finish

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Door

ZO Denza High

20 30 26

20 36 26

20 45 26

20 45 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCXDC203026N

ZSBCXDC203626N

ZSBCXDC204526L

ZSBCXDC204526R

ZSBCEDC206026

ZSBCEDC207226

ZSBCEDC207526

ZSBCEDC207826

ZSBCEDC208426

ZSBCEDC209026

741

886

1047

1047

1269

1319

1593

1609

1837

1859

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

30 Wide Shown

60 Wide Shown

90 Wide Shown

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow





LOCK


Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door Open

ZO Denza High

20 45 26

20 45 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCXDO204526L

ZSBCXDO204526R

ZSBCEDO206026

ZSBCEDO207226

ZSBCEDO207526

ZSBCEDO207826

ZSBCEDO208426

ZSBCEDO209026

914

914

1108

1403

1508

1525

1581

1615

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown





LOCK


Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



File

ZO Denza High

20 45 26

20 45 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCXF204526L

ZSBCXF204526R

ZSBCEF206026

ZSBCEF207226

ZSBCEF207526

ZSBCEF207826

ZSBCEF208426

ZSBCEF209026

1525

1525

1721

2628

2733

2749

2805

2839

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

Left Hand Shown

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

78 Wide Shown





LOCK


Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo

ZO Denza High

20 30 26

20 36 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

20 75 26

20 78 26

20 84 26

20 90 26

ZSBCXC203026N

ZSBCXC203626N

ZSBCECC206026

ZSBCECC207226

ZSBCECC207526

ZSBCECC207826

ZSBCECC208426

ZSBCECC209026

1403

1503

1447

1520

1626

1787

1842

1876

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

30 Wide Shown

Combo Center ZO Base Option Shown

78 Wide Shown





LOCK


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Combo Side

ZO Denza High

20 45 26

20 45 26

20 60 2620 72 2620 75 2620 78 2620 84 2620 90 26

20 60 2620 72 2620 75 2620 78 2620 84 2620 90 26

ZSBCXC204526L

ZSBCXC204526R

ZSBCECS206026LZSBCECS207226LZSBCECS207526LZSBCECS207826LZSBCECS208426LZSBCECS209026L

ZSBCECS206026RZSBCECS207226RZSBCECS207526RZSBCECS207826RZSBCECS208426RZSBCECS209026R

1253

1378

150316641771178718421876

150316641771178718421876

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Left Hand Shown






LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Lateral File

ZO Denza High

20 30 26

20 36 26

20 60 26

20 72 26

ZSBC2L203026

ZSBC2L203626

ZSBC4L206026

ZSBC4L207226

1354

1465

2266

2488

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

30 Wide Shown

60 Wide Shown





LOCK


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Combination ZO Stak units function as a bookcase and closed overhead storage.

The side access wardrobe hides your daily gear and provides open area display and piling shelves.

Maximize your bookcase storage with a 39 inch high open ZO Stak unit.

ZO Stak units with doors maximize out-of-site piling and filing.

ZO Stak storage provides the equivalent capacity of an overhead, but is moveable for easy reconfiguration.

Height and AdjustabilityZO Stak Low promotes visibility in team spaces while providing binder and paper-file height clearance. ZO Stak Mid increases storage capacity and provides mid-level privacy in shared spaces. ZO Stak High provides the greatest privacy, triple the storage capacity of the ZO Stak Low, and may be specified with a wardrobe for storing personal gear.

For the height measurements of ZO Stak units atop ZO Denza units, please refer to page 96.

To enhance collaborative space or increase privacy, ZO Stak storage is available as open or closed and is easily repositioned, without tools, by the user or facility manager.

Low 15 inches high

A companion to the ZO Denza, the ZO Stak is a storage powerhouse combining features and benefits of overheads, wardrobes, closed bookcases and open shelving. ZO Stak Low units are a great substitute for an overhead - no need to mount to the wall. The ZO Stak Mid provides ideal resting standing height and the ZO Stak High works well as a wardrobe (ZO Stak Wardrobes are equipped with hooks or a bar).

ZO Stak units are available in three heights and slide atop the ZO Denza, turning a heads down work area into a collaborative environment with a single movement. For increased privacy, without isolation, choose ‘through’ cells on your ZO Stak.

ZO Stak | Overview

Mid 27 inches high

High 40 inches high

Repositionable

236 Low

237 Mid

239 High


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Back view Bracket

ZO Stak | Mounting Bracket

ZO Stak is attached with a bracket for stability. The ZO bracket fits through a gap at the back of the ZO Denza and includes two holes to accommodate flush placement to the ZO Denza back.

Standard AttachmentThe back of the ZO Stak sits flush to the back of ZO Denza unit using bracket position #1.

ZO Stak w/MarkerboardThe markerboard sits flush to the back of the ZO Denza unit using position #2.

ZO Stak

ZO Denza

Position #1

Position #2

ZO Stak

ZO Denza


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Stak | Statement of Line

Door & Door Open

Open

Door & Door Open

Low High

Side Access Open

Robe & Robe Open

Robe Side Through

Open Through

Door Through

Open

15

Open

Door & Door Open

Mid

Side Access Open

Door Through

Open Through

24 30 36 4824 30 36 4812

27

24 30 36 4812

40


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open

ZO Stak Low

15 24 15

15 30 15

15 36 15

15 48 15

15 24 15

15 30 15

15 36 15

15 48 15

15 48 15

ZSSTO152415

ZSSTO153015

ZSSTO153615

ZSSTO154815

ZSSTD152415

ZSSTD153015

ZSSTD153615

ZSSTDO154815L

ZSSTDO154815R

440

463

480

524

646

674

691

730

730

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

30 Wide Shown

30 Wide Shown

Door

Door Open

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PULL

SeeOptionsBelow

Notes Storage shown here is intended to stack on top of ZO Denza storage units to create additional user storage.

LOCK


Left Hand Shown

Left

Right


Case Finish


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Open

ZO Stak Mid

15 12 27

15 24 27

15 30 27

15 36 27

15 48 27

15 24 2715 30 2715 36 27

15 24 2715 30 2715 36 27

15 30 2715 36 27

15 30 2715 36 27

ZSSTO151227

ZSSTO152427

ZSSTO153027

ZSSTO153627

ZSSTO154827

ZSSTSO152427LZSSTSO153027LZSSTSO153627L

ZSSTSO152427RZSSTSO153027RZSSTSO153627R

ZSSTOT153027LZSSTOT153627L

ZSSTOT153027RZSSTOT153627R

419

563

591

624

686

575608641

575608641

602635

602635

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

30 Wide Shown

Side Access Open

Open Through




Shelf included in side accessible area of the ZO Side access unit is constructed of powdercoated metal.

ZO Stak Mid includes one fixed shelf.

Metal shelf tray is available for use with ZO Stak Open Through storage. See page 387 to order.

Left

Right

Left

Right

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door

ZO Stak Mid

15 12 27

15 12 27

15 24 27

15 30 27

15 36 27

15 48 27

15 48 27

15 30 27

15 30 27

15 36 27

15 36 27

ZSSTD151227L

ZSSTD151227R

ZSSTD152427N

ZSSTD153027N

ZSSTD153627N

ZSSTDO154827L

ZSSTDO154827R

ZSSTDT153027L

ZSSTDT153027R

ZSSTDT153627L

ZSSTDT153627R

546

546

691

824

869

914

914

741

741

869

869

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

36 Wide Shown

Door Open

Door Through

Left Hand Shown


ZO Stak Mid includes one fixed shelf behind each set of doors.

Metal shelf tray is available for use with ZO Stak Open Through storage. See page 367 to order.

LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Left Hand Shown

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Open

ZO Stak High

15 12 40

15 24 40

15 30 40

15 36 40

15 48 40

15 24 4015 30 4015 36 40

15 24 4015 30 4015 36 40

15 30 4015 36 40

15 30 4015 36 40

ZSSTO151240

ZSSTO152440

ZSSTO153040

ZSSTO153640

ZSSTO154840

ZSSTSO152440LZSSTSO153040LZSSTSO153640L

ZSSTSO152440RZSSTSO153040RZSSTSO153640R

ZSSTOT153040LZSSTOT153640L

ZSSTOT153040RZSSTOT153640R

507

713

752

791

869

741779819

741779819

758802

758802

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

Left Hand, 36 Wide Shown

Side Access Open

Open Through

Left Hand, 36 Wide Shown

36 Wide Shown


Shelf included in side accessible area of the ZO Side Access unit is constructed of powdercoated metal.

ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves.

Left

Right

Left

Right

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door

ZO Stak High

15 12 40

15 12 40

15 24 40

15 30 40

15 36 40

15 48 40

15 48 40

15 30 40

15 30 40

15 36 40

15 36 40

ZSSTD151240L

ZSSTD151240R

ZSSTD152440N

ZSSTD153040N

ZSSTD153640N

ZSSTDO154840L

ZSSTDO154840R

ZSSTDT153040L

ZSSTDT153040R

ZSSTDT153640L

ZSSTDT153640R

668

668

874

1036

1091

1153

1153

942

942

1091

1091

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Door Open

Door Through

Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

Left Hand Shown

36 Wide Shown


ZO Stak High includes two fixed shelves behind doors.

LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Left Hand Shown

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Wardrobe

ZO Stak High

15 12 40

15 12 40

15 24 4015 30 4015 36 4015 48 40

15 24 4015 30 4015 36 4015 48 40

ZSSTW151240L

ZSSTW151240R

ZSSTWO152440LZSSTWO153040LZSSTWO153640LZSSTWO154840L

ZSSTWO152440RZSSTWO153040RZSSTWO153640RZSSTWO154840R

602727

602727

797958

10631120

797958

10631120

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Wardrobe Open


Left Hand Shown


Wardrobe area of ZO Stak units include two hooks for hanging gear.

36 wide ZO Stak Wardrobe Side Through receives a rail for hanging gear.


LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Wardrobe Side Through

ZO Stak High

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15 24 40

15 30 40

15 36 40

15 24 40

15 30 40

15 36 40

ZSSTWST152440L

ZSSTWST153040L

ZSSTWST153640L

ZSSTWST152440R

ZSSTWST153040R

ZSSTWST153640R

658

702

736

658

702

736

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow



Wardrobe area of ZO Stak units include two hooks for hanging gear.

36 wide ZO Stak Wardrobe Side Through receives a rail for hanging gear.


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product

Through / No Panel


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


For space division, consider the ZO Team Denza and Team Stak. The economic design of ZO Team components allows adjacent workstations to share open and closed storage. The ZO Team Denza and Team Stak are an ideal accompaniment for the non-handed and height-adjustable workstation. With built in flexibility, the pairing makes the most of a compressed footprint.

ZO Team | Overview

140 Denza

142 Stak

ZO Team | Statement of Line

Team Denza

15

30

Team Stak

24

60 72

36 60 72


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo

ZO Team Denza Mid

24 6024 72

24 6024 72

ZSTCRXC246026LZSTCRXC247226L

ZSTCRXC246026RZSTCRXC247226R

D / W

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

SeeOptionsBelow


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

23542555

23542555

No Base22 H

N

BASE

Left

Right

Product


ZO Base 20 H M +$450

Blade Base 20 H P +$175

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Combo

ZO Team Denza High

24 60 2624 72 26

24 60 2624 72 26

ZSTBCXC246026LZSTBCXC247226L

ZSTBCXC246026RZSTBCXC247226R

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

SeeOptionsBelow


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

28393005

28393005

PRICE

Left

Right

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open

ZO Team Stak

24 30 1524 36 1524 60 1524 72 15

ZSTSTOO243015ZSTSTOO243615ZSTSTOO246015ZSTSTOO247215

NNNN

D / W / H

CASEMODEL NUMBER CONTRAST

N = None C = Contrast

36 Wide Shown

661676770801

PRICE


Notes ZO Team Staks are intended to stack on top of ZO Team Denza storage.

Divider in ZO Team Stak is frosted acrylic to increase light pass- through.

Case Finish


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



28 26

2624

The ZO Ped is available as either a fixed or mobile component and may now be ordered with an open storage bay that can be used to house a computer tower. For seamless integration with other workstation pieces, depths are consistent with Watson worksurfaces and ZO Denza and ZO Sto units.

ZO Ped | Overview

Fixed Storage Mobile StorageTech Storage

Mobile

Fixed

26

Tech

20

22

248 Fixed

249 Tech

253 Mobile

15

24 30

15

ZO Ped | Statement of Line

ZO Ped | Tech Storage Capacity

9 1515913 7/810 7/8

24 1/8

ZO Ped Tech storage has a 20 inch deep, open-backed compartment to accommodate either compact or large CPUs. The following dimensions indicate internal compartment capacity.


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Case Finish

Box File

ZO Ped Fixed

20 15 20

24 15 20

30 15 20

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 24

ZSPEBF201520F

ZSPEBF241520F

ZSPEBF301520F

ZSPE2F201526F

ZSPE2F241526F

ZSPE2F301526F

ZSPE2BF201526F

ZSPE2BF241526F

ZSPE2BF301526F

ZSPEPBF201524F

ZSPEPBF241524F

ZSPEPBF301524F

857

886

969

919

952

1042

1025

1063

1169

992

1030

1136

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Two File

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

Two Box File

Pencil Box File

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26

20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

ZSPED201526LZSPED241526LZSPED301526L

ZSPED201526RZSPED241526RZSPED301526R

ZSPEO201526F

ZSPEO241526F

ZSPEO301526F

540563596

540563596

385

407

440

D / W / H

PULL


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Open

20 Deep, Left Hand Shown

20 Deep Shown

MODEL NUMBER

Notes Door unit includes one fixed shelf.

LOCK


Left

Right

ZO Ped Fixed


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open Tech Bay

ZO Ped Tech

20 24 26

24 24 26

30 24 26

20 30 26

24 30 26

30 30 26

20 24 26

24 24 26

30 24 26

20 30 26

24 30 26

30 30 26

ZSPEOT202426L

ZSPEOT242426L

ZSPEOT302426L

ZSPEOT203026L

ZSPEOT243026L

ZSPEOT303026L

ZSPEOT202426R

ZSPEOT242426R

ZSPEOT302426R

ZSPEOT203026R

ZSPEOT243026R

ZSPEOT303026R

518

552

596

563

596

646

518

552

596

563

596

646

D / W / H

MODEL NUMBER

Case Finish

PRICE

20 Deep, 30 Wide,

Right Hand Shown

Left

Right

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Ped Tech

20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26

20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26

ZSPE2BFT202426LZSPE2BFT203026LZSPE2BFT242426LZSPE2BFT243026LZSPE2BFT302426LZSPE2BFT303026L

ZSPE2BFT202426RZSPE2BFT203026RZSPE2BFT242426RZSPE2BFT243026RZSPE2BFT302426RZSPE2BFT303026R

113111691276117512141319

113111691276117512141319

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Two Box File Tech Bay

20 Deep, Right Hand Shown

LOCK


Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Ped Tech

Two File Tech Bay

20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26

20 24 26 20 30 26 24 24 2624 30 2630 24 2630 30 26

ZSPE2FT202426LZSPE2FT203026LZSPE2FT242426LZSPE2FT243026LZSPE2FT302426LZSPE2FT303026L

ZSPE2FT202426RZSPE2FT203026RZSPE2FT242426RZSPE2FT243026RZSPE2FT302426RZSPE2FT303026R

102510581148107011031191

102510581148107011031191

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


LOCK


Left

Right

Notes ZO Ped ships standard with adjustable glides.


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


Through / No Panel

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Box File

ZO Ped Mobile

20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22

20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22

20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22

20 15 22 24 15 2230 15 22

ZSPEBF201522MZSPEBF241522MZSPEBF301522M

ZSPE2F201528MZSPE2F241528MZSPE2F301528M

ZSPE2BF201528MZSPE2BF241528MZSPE2BF301528M

ZSPEPBF201526MZSPEPBF241526MZSPEPBF301526M

869897980

930964

1053

103610751181

100210421148

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

Two File

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

Two Box File

Pencil Box File

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

LOCK


Notes 24 and 30 inch deep mobile ZO Ped units may interfere with structural elements of some adjustable desks. Contact Customer Service for assistance.


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

Storage CapacityOne ZO Side offers as much storage as a traditional overhead + overhead + pedestal combination.

Field Reversible Non-handed, the top panel of the ZO Side may be reversed in the field. Open storage may be used for right and left facing workstations.

ZO Side storage units eliminate the need for overheads by repositioning much needed storage at the side of the workstation. This design opens office vistas by providing vertical space above the worksurface for enhanced visibility and dialogue.

Designed for configuration on either the left or right side of the workstation, ZO Side storage features a removable back panel that can be reversed to accommodate reconfiguration when needed.

ZO Side storage features up to three feet of binder storage, four feet of file and drawer space, and the option of a whiteboard or fabric tackboard on the aisle side of the workstation.

ZO Side | Overview

= + +

Choose from two heights to either enhance visibility or create private nooks for heads-down work.

The ZO Side wardrobe offers a rod for hanging personal gear.

Specify either a tackboard or whiteboard for the backof ZO Side open storage.

field reversible storage capacity

256 File

257 Combo

258 Wardrobe


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


54

42

File Combo

File Wardrobe Combo Wardrobe

54

42

ZO Side | Statement of Line

15

24


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File

ZO Side

D / W / H

PULL


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

PANEL

N = None W = Marker

(+125) T = Tak

(+175)

MODEL NUMBER

Notes 54 inch high ZO Side storage units include one fixed shelf.

By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side storage is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.

File drawers are sized for front to back letter filing and include one file rail for side to side filing.

36 and 42 deep ZO Side storage include a vertical divider in the open side.

LOCK



24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

ZSSKF241542LOZSSKF301542LOZSSKF361542LOZSSKF421542LO

ZSSKF241542ROZSSKF301542ROZSSKF361542ROZSSKF421542RO

ZSSKF241554LOZSSKF301554LOZSSKF361554LOZSSKF421554LO

ZSSKF241554ROZSSKF301554ROZSSKF361554ROZSSKF421554RO

1336145314751508

1336145314751508

1375151516151653

1375151516151653



Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

kbarbero

Sticky Note

Marked set by kbarbero


Combo

ZO Side

24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

ZSSKC241542LOZSSKC301542LOZSSKC361542LOZSSKC421542LO

ZSSKC241542ROZSSKC301542ROZSSKC361542ROZSSKC421542RO

ZSSKC241554LOZSSKC301554LOZSSKC361554LOZSSKC421554LO

ZSSKC241554ROZSSKC301554ROZSSKC361554ROZSSKC421554RO

1459158616091643

1459158616091643

1498164817481787

1498164817481787

D / W / H

PULL


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


PANELMODEL NUMBER


By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side storage is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.


36 and 42 deep ZO Side storage include a vertical divider in the open side.

LOCK




Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


N = None W = Marker

(+125) T = Tak

(+175)

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Left

Right

Left

Right

File Wardrobe

ZO Side

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 54 30 24 54

24 24 54 30 24 54

ZSSKFW242442LOZSSKFW302442LO

ZSSKFW242442ROZSSKFW302442RO

ZSSKFW242454LOZSSKFW302454LO

ZSSKFW242454ROZSSKFW302454RO

17371854

17371854

19102038

19102038

D / W / H

PULL


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


MODEL NUMBER


The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes a rod for hanging clothes.


ZO Side storage ships standard with adjustable glides.

LOCK




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Left

Right

Left

Right

Combo Wardrobe

ZO Side

ZSSKCW242442LOZSSKCW302442LO

ZSSKCW242442ROZSSKCW302442RO

ZSSKCW242454LOZSSKCW302454LO

ZSSKCW242454ROZSSKCW302454RO

17371854

17371854

19102038

19102038

D / W / H

PULL


Case Finish

PRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


MODEL NUMBER


The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes a rod for hanging clothes.


ZO Side storage ships standard with adjustable glides.

LOCK




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 54 30 24 54

24 24 54 30 24 54

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


The ZO Robe depths are designed for seamless alignment with standard Watson worksurfaces and the ZO Denza and ZO Sto storage families.

ZO Robe | Overview

20, 24 and 30 inches deep, wardrobes come equipped with two hooks.

The ZO Robe Combo Open provides both con-cealed storage and open display.

Choose a ZO Robe Combo Door for the most versatile concealed storage.

Choose a ZO Robe File Open for easy access to shared resources.

The ZO Robe File Door has increased confidential file storage.

ZO Robe | Statement of Line

66

54

42

Door File Open Combo Open

File Door Combo Door

261 Door

262 File

266 Combo

2415


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door

ZO Robe

20 15 42

20 15 42

20 15 54

20 15 54

20 15 66

20 15 66

ZSWDD201542L

ZSWDD201542R

ZSWDD201554L

ZSWDD201554R

ZSWDD201566L

ZSWDD201566R

602

602

674

674

741

741

D / W / H


Case Finish

54 High, Left Hand Shown

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER

Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf. 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.

The wardrobe section of the storage unit includes two hooks for hanging clothes.

LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Open

ZO Robe

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54

20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54

Left

Right

Left

Right

ZSWDFO202442LZSWDFO242442LZSWDFO302442L

ZSWDFO202442RZSWDFO242442RZSWDFO302442R



131413751487

131413751487

134714141548

134714141548

D / W / H


Case Finish

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER



LOCK


Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf.

Shelves in open areas are adjustable.

20 inch deep ZO Robe storage includes two hooks. 24 inch and 30 inch deep ZO Robe storage include a rod.



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Open

ZO Robe

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66



147015581804

147015581804

D / W / H


Case Finish

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER

Notes 66 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf and one bottom shelf.




LOCK



Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Door

ZO Robe

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54

20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54

ZSWDFD202442LZSWDFD202442L



ZSWDFD202442RZSWDFD202442R



ZSWDFD202454LZSWDFD242454LZSWDFD302454L

ZSWDFD202454RZSWDFD242454RZSWDFD302454R

14251550

14871612

15981723

14251550

14871612

15981723

148115481681

148115481681

D / W / H


Case Finish



PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER

Notes 42 inch high ZO Robe storage does not come with a shelf. 54 inch high ZO Robe storage includes one top shelf. Shelves in open areas are adjustable.



LOCK



Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Door

ZO Robe

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66

ZSWDFD202466LZSWDFD242466LZSWDFD302466L

ZSWDFD202466RZSWDFD242466RZSWDFD302466R

162617141960

162617141960

D / W / H


Case Finish


PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER





LOCK



Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Open

ZO Robe

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 5424 24 5430 24 54

20 24 5424 24 5430 24 54

ZSWDCO202442LZSWDCO242442LZSWDCO302442L

ZSWDCO202442RZSWDCO242442RZSWDCO302442R



143014981620

143014981620

146515371681

146515371681

D / W / H


Case Finish



PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER





LOCK



Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Open

ZO Robe

20 24 6624 24 6630 24 66

20 24 66 24 24 66 30 24 66



158616811937

158616811937

D / W / H


Case Finish


PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER





LOCK



Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Door

ZO Robe

20 24 42 24 24 42 30 24 42

20 24 42 24 24 4230 24 42

20 24 54 24 24 5430 24 54

20 24 54 24 24 54 30 24 54

ZSWDCD202442LZSWDCD242442LZSWDCD302442L

ZSWDCD202442RZSWDCD242442RZSWDCD302442R



154216091731

154216091731

159816701815

159816701815

D / W / H


Case Finish



PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER





LOCK



Left

Right

Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Door

ZO Robe

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66

20 24 66 24 24 6630 24 66



174218372093

174218372093

D / W / H


Case Finish


PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER





LOCK



Left

Right

Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

The ZO lat delivers full front to back letter and legal filing for paper intensive environments.

ZO Lat | Overview

ZO Lat | Statement of Line

26

42

54

30 36


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



ZO Lat

20 30 26

20 36 26

20 30 42

20 36 42

20 30 54

20 36 54

ZS2LF203026

ZS2LF203626

ZS3LF203042

ZS3LF203642

ZS4LF203054

ZS4LF203654

1309

1392

1648

1764

1987

2138

D / W / H


Case Finish

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

20 Deep Shown

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER

Notes File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.

LOCK

L = FactoryU = Field


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

78

66

54

42

26

ZO Sto units meet traditional storage needs and provide architectural interest. Combine the storage in groups for open plan space division or use individually to enhance the landscape in private spaces.

ZO Sto | Overview

The ZO Sto Open provides ample room for shared resources and display items.

For privacy without isolation, choose the ZO Sto Open Through.

The ZO Sto Door houses shelving to maximize personal gear storage.

The ZO Sto Door Through offers concealed shelving and open-backed display.

For traditional drawer storage with open display, choose the ZO Sto Combo.

The ZO Sto Combo Door provides both concealed shelves and file storage.

height logic

274 Open

280 Door

282 File

284 Combo


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


26

42

54

66

78

ZO Sto | Statement of Line

Open Fixed Shelves

Open Through Fixed Shelves Door Through Fixed Shelves

Door Fixed or Adjustable Shelves

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30 30

36

36

36

36 36


Open Adjustable Shelves

Combo Open Fixed Shelves Combo Open Adjustable ShelvesZSBKFO ZSBKFOA ZSBKFD / ZSBKFDACombo DoorFixed & Adjustable Shelves

File DoorFixed & Adjustable Shelves

File Open Fixed Shelves File Open Adjustable ShelvesZSBKCO ZSBKCOA

ZSBKD / ZSBKDA

ZSBKDTZSBKOT

ZSBKCD / ZSBKCDA

ZSBKOA

ZSBKO

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


OpenFixed Shelves

ZO Sto

15 30 26 20 30 26

15 36 2620 36 26

15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42 15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42

15 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 5415 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 54

15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66 15 30 66 15 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66

15 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 7815 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 78

ZSBKO153026NZSBKO203026N

ZSBKO153626NZSBKO203626N

ZSBKO153042LZSBKO153642LZSBKO203042LZSBKO203642LZSBKO153042RZSBKO153642RZSBKO203042RZSBKO203642R




530568

591641

663696724769663696724769

791836874925791836874925

925985

10251091925985

10251091

10581136117512591058113611751259

D / W / H

Case Finish

20 Deep, 36 Wide Shown

20 Deep, 36 Wide, Left Hand Shown

20 Deep, 36 Wide Shown,Left Hand Shown

PRICEMODEL NUMBER

Notes ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.

Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.

The vertical divider on the 26 inch high, 36 inch wide ZO Sto is centered.The vertical divider on the 42 and 54 inch high ZO Sto is off-center.15 inch deep, 78 inch high ZO Sto open must be attached to a wall for stability. Necessary hardware is included.

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right


Product


20 Deep, 36 Wide,Left Hand Shown

20 Deep, 36 Wide,Left Hand Shown

26 42 54 66 78

30 36

Shelf LocationRight hand shown

FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



20 Deep, 30 Wide, Right Hand Shown

20 Deep, 30 Wide Shown,Right Hand Shown

OpenAdjustable Shelves

ZO Sto

D / W / H

Case Finish

20 Deep, 30 Wide,Right Hand Shown

PRICEMODEL NUMBER



The vertical divider on the 36 inch wide ZO Sto is centered.30 Wide storage does not come with a vertical divider.

20 Deep, 30 Wide,Right Hand Shown

Product


15 30 26 15 36 2620 30 26 20 36 26

15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42

15 30 54 15 36 54 20 30 54 20 36 54

15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 66 20 36 66

15 30 78 15 36 78 20 30 78 20 36 78

ZSBKOA153026NZSBKOA153626NZSBKOA203026NZSBKOA203626N

ZSBKOA153042LZSBKOA153642LZSBKOA203042LZSBKOA203642L




530591568641

663696724769

791836874925

925985

10251091

1058113611751259

26 42 54 66 78

30 36


FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open Through

ZO Sto

15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42

15 30 42 15 36 42 20 30 42 20 36 42

15 30 5415 36 5420 30 54 20 36 54

15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54

ZSBKOT153042LZSBKOT153642LZSBKOT203042LZSBKOT203642L

ZSBKOT153042RZSBKOT153642RZSBKOT203042RZSBKOT203642R



674708736779

674708736779

802847886935

802847886935

D / W / H

Accent Panel

Case Finish



PRICEMODEL NUMBER

Notes For visual interest, ZO Open Through units include an accent panel when the Contrast option is selected.

ZO Sto storage is not intended for use as surface support.

All shelves are fixed.


Left

Right

Left

Right

Product


Through / No Panel

42 54

30 36


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open Through

ZO Sto

15 30 6615 36 6620 30 66 20 36 66

15 30 66 15 36 6620 30 66 20 36 66



935997

10361103

935997

10361103

D / W / H

Accent Panel

Case Finish


PRICEMODEL NUMBER

Notes For visual interest, ZO Open Through units include an accent panel when the Contrast option is selected.


All shelves are fixed.


Left

Right

Product


Through / No Panel

66 30 36


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door Through

ZO Sto

15 30 42 20 30 42

15 30 42 20 30 42

15 30 5420 30 54

15 30 54 20 30 54

15 30 6620 30 66

15 30 66 20 30 66

ZSBKDT153042LZSBKDT203042L

ZSBKDT153042RZSBKDT203042R





836897

836897

9921075

9921075

11641264

11641264

D / W / H

SeeOptionsBelow


PULLPRICEMODEL NUMBER

Notes 30 inch wide unit includes one door. 36 inch wide unit includes two doors.


42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves. Shelf depths for 15 inch deep storage units are 12 inches. Shelf depths for 20 inch deep storage units are 17 inches.

LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right




Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


Through / No Panel


Case Finish

42 54 66

30


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS




Door Through

ZO Sto

15 36 4220 36 42

15 36 42 20 36 42

15 36 54 20 36 54

15 36 54 20 36 54

15 36 66 20 36 66

15 36 66 20 36 66







9971070

9971070

11861276

11861276

13751481

13751481

D / W / H


SeeOptionsBelow


Notes 30 inch wide unit includes one door. 36 inch wide unit includes two doors.


42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves.


LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


Through / No Panel


Case Finish

42 54 66

36


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


DoorFixed Shelves

ZO Sto

15 30 2615 36 26 20 30 26 20 36 26

15 30 42 15 36 4220 30 4220 36 42

15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54

15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 6620 36 66

15 30 7815 36 7820 30 78 20 36 78

ZSBKD153026ZSBKD153626ZSBKD203026ZSBKD203626





758830797880

952997

10131070

1131119112141281

1314139714141503

1498160316151726

D / W / H




SeeOptionsBelow



26 high ZO Sto includes one fixed shelf.42 high ZO Sto includes two fixed shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three fixed shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes four fixed shelves.78 high ZO Sto includes five fixed shelves.


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product





Case Finish

42

26

54 66 78

30 36


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


15 30 2615 36 26 20 30 26 20 36 26

15 30 42 15 36 4220 30 4220 36 42

15 30 5415 36 5420 30 5420 36 54

15 30 6615 36 66 20 30 6620 36 66

15 30 7815 36 7820 30 78 20 36 78

ZSBKDA153026ZSBKDA153626ZSBKDA203026ZSBKDA203626





758830797880

952997

10131070

1131119112141281

1314139714141503

1498160316151726




DoorAdjustable Shelves

ZO Sto

D / W / H



SeeOptionsBelow



26 high ZO Sto includes one adjustable shelf.42 high ZO Sto includes two adjustable shelves.54 high ZO Sto includes three adjustable shelves.66 high ZO Sto includes three adjustable shelves and one fixed shelf.78 high ZO Sto includes four adjustable shelves one fixed shelf.


15 inch deep by 78 inch high storage units are required to be attached to a wall. Hardware is included.

LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

42

26

54 66 78

30 36


FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Sto

20 30 42

20 30 42

20 30 54

20 30 54

20 30 66

20 30 66

20 30 78

20 30 78

ZSBKFO203042

ZSBKFOA203042

ZSBKFO203054

ZSBKFOA203054

ZSBKFO203066

ZSBKFOA203066

ZSBKFO203078

ZSBKFOA203078

1447

1447

1531

1531

1709

1709

1887

1887

D / W / H File Open

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER


54 high ZO Sto includes one shelf.66 high ZO Sto includes two shelves. 78 high ZO Sto includes three shelves.

Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are 18 inches deep.

File drawers are sized for side to side legal filing and include two file rails for front to back filing.

LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

Fixed and Adjustable Shown




42 54 66 78

30 30


FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Sto

20 30 42

20 30 42

20 30 54

20 30 54

20 30 66

20 30 66

20 30 78

20 30 78

ZSBKFD203042

ZSBKFDA203042

ZSBKFD203054

ZSBKFDA203054

ZSBKFD203066

ZSBKFDA203066

ZSBKFD203078

ZSBKFDA203078

1670

1670

1787

1787

2010

2010

2232

2232

D / W / H File Door

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER



Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are 18 inches deep.


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish





42 54 66 78

30 30


FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Open

ZO Sto

20 30 42

20 30 42

20 30 54

20 30 54

20 30 66

20 30 66

20 30 78

20 30 78

ZSBKCO203042

ZSBKCOA203042

ZSBKCO203054

ZSBKCOA203054

ZSBKCO203066

ZSBKCOA203066

ZSBKCO203078

ZSBKCOA203078

1553

1553

1636

1636

1815

1815

1993

1993

D / W / H


Case Finish

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER



Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are fixed and 18 inches deep.


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product






42 54 66 78

30


FixedAdjustable

30

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Door

ZO Sto

20 30 42

20 30 42

20 30 54

20 30 54

20 30 66

20 30 66

20 30 78

20 30 78

ZSBKCD203042

ZSBKCDA203042

ZSBKCD203054

ZSBKCDA203054

ZSBKCD203066

ZSBKCDA203066

ZSBKCD203078

ZSBKCDA203078

1776

1776

1892

1892

2115

2115

2337

2337

D / W / H


Case Finish

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

MODEL NUMBER



Fixed units come with a center divider.All shelves are fixed and 18 inches deep.


LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product





42 54 66 78

30 30


FixedAdjustable

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

Created with the private office in mind, the ZO Over maximizes filing and display density of vertical space above the worksurface. For added visual interest, choose the ZO Over Door or ZO Over Combo with a contrasting finish option.

ZO Over | Overview

ZO Over | Statement of Line

Open

Door

Combo

15

287 Open

288 Door

230 Combo

24 30 36 45 48 60 72 75

Sliding Door


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Open

ZO Over

15 24 15

15 30 15

15 36 15

15 45 15

15 48 15

15 60 15

15 72 15

15 75 15

ZSWMO152415

ZSWMO153015

ZSWMO153615

ZSWMO154515

ZSWMO154815

ZSWMO156015

ZSWMO157215

ZSWMO157515

385

457

485

575

585

641

774

786

D / W / H

Case Finish

PRICE

30 Wide Shown

MODEL NUMBER

45 Wide Shown

72 Wide Shown

NotesWall attachment hardware is included.


Product

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Sliding Door

ZO Over

15 30 15

15 36 15

15 45 15

15 48 15

15 60 15

15 72 15

15 75 15

ZSWMSD153015

ZSWMSD153615

ZSWMSD154515

ZSWMSD154815

ZSWMSD156015

ZSWMSD157215

ZSWMSD157515

717

745

835

845

901

1034

1046

D / W / H

PRICE

45 Wide Shown

MODEL NUMBER


Sliding door is not handed. Door will lock at either side.

LOCK



72 Wide Shown


Product


Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Door

ZO Over

15 24 15

15 30 15

15 36 15

15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15

15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15

15 72 15

15 75 15

ZSWMD152415N

ZSWMD153015N

ZSWMD153615N

ZSWMD154515LZSWMD154815LZSWMD156015L

ZSWMD154515RZSWMD154815RZSWMD156015R

ZSWMD157215N

ZSWMD157515N

585

663

696

897908975

897908975

1186

1198

D / W / H

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

30 Wide Shown

72 Wide Shown

MODEL NUMBER



LOCK


Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product


Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS



Combo

ZO Over

15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15

15 45 1515 48 1515 60 15

15 72 1515 75 15

15 72 1515 75 15

ZSWMC154515LZSWMC154815LZSWMC156015L

ZSWMC154515RZSWMC154815RZSWMC156015R

ZSWMC157215LZSWMC157515L

ZSWMC157215RZSWMC157515R

779791852

779791852

980992

980992

D / W / H

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


MODEL NUMBER


LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options


Product


Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

The ZO support family makes good use of added real estate either under or at the side of the worksurface by doing double duty as storage and worksurface support.

ZO Support | Overview

292 Side

296 Ped

ZO Ped Support ZO Denza Support ZO Side Support

ZO Support | Statement of Line

26

Ped Fixed

54

42

File Combo

File Wardrobe Combo Wardrobe

54

42

15

24

15


PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File

ZO Side Support

24 15 42 30 15 42 36 15 4242 15 42

24 15 4230 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 5430 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

24 15 54 30 15 54 36 15 54 42 15 54

ZSSKFS241542LOZSSKFS301542LOZSSKFS361542LOZSSKFS421542LO

ZSSKFS241542ROZSSKFS301542ROZSSKFS361542ROZSSKFS421542RO

ZSSKFS241554LOZSSKFS301554LOZSSKFS361554LOZSSKFS421554LO

ZSSKFS241554ROZSSKFS301554ROZSSKFS361554ROZSSKFS421554RO

1336145314751508

1336145314751508

1375151516151653

1375151516151653

D / W / H

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow


PANELMODEL NUMBER

Notes 54 inch high ZO Side Support includes one fixed shelf.

By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side Support is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.


36 and 42 deep ZO Side Support include a vertical divider in the open side.

Brackets are included for worksurface attachment.

LOCK


Left

Right

Left

Right



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product


N = None W = Marker

(+125) T = Tack

(+175)


Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


D / W / H Combo

ZO Side Support

24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 42 30 15 4236 15 42 42 15 42

24 15 5430 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

24 15 54 30 15 5436 15 54 42 15 54

ZSSKCS241542LOZSSKCS301542LOZSSKCS361542LOZSSKCS421542LO

ZSSKCS241542ROZSSKCS301542ROZSSKCS361542ROZSSKCS421542RO

ZSSKCS241554LOZSSKCS301554LOZSSKCS361554LOZSSKCS421554LO

ZSSKCS241554ROZSSKCS301554ROZSSKCS361554ROZSSKCS421554RO

1459158616091643

1459158616091643

1498164817481787

1498164817481787

PRICE


MODEL NUMBER


By repositioning the upper back panel, ZO Side Support is left/right field reversible. When ordering, hand selection specifies how the unit ships from the factory.




Left

Right

Left

Right



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

PULL

SeeOptionsBelow

PANELLOCK


N = None W = Marker

(+125) T = Tack

(+175)

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


File Wardrobe

ZO Side Support

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 54 30 24 54

24 24 54 30 24 54

ZSSKFWS242442LOZSSKFWS302442LO

ZSSKFWS242442ROZSSKFWS302442RO

ZSSKFWS242454LOZSSKFWS302454LO

ZSSKFWS242454ROZSSKFWS302454RO

16151721

16151721

17871904

17871904






LOCK

Left

Right

Left

Right



D / W / H

SeeOptionsBelow



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


Combo Wardrobe

ZO Side Support

24 24 42 24 24 42

30 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 42 24 24 42

30 24 42 30 24 42

24 24 54 24 24 54

30 24 54 30 24 54

24 24 54 24 24 54

30 24 54 30 24 54

ZSSKCWS242442LOZSSKCWS242442LO


ZSSKCWS242442ROZSSKCWS242442RO






17371862

18541979

17371862

18541979

19102035

20382163

19102035

20382163






LOCK

Left

Right

Left

Right



D / W / H

SeeOptionsBelow



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Ped Support

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

ZSPE2FS201526F

ZSPE2FS241526F

ZSPE2FS301526F

ZSPE2BFS201526F

ZSPE2BFS241526F

ZSPE2BFS301526F

919

952

1042

1025

1063

1169

D / W / H

PULLMODEL NUMBER PRICE

SeeOptionsBelowTwo File

20 Deep Shown

Two Box File

20 Deep Shown

Notes ZO Ped Support ships pre-drilled with a riser.

ZO Ped Support ships with adjustable glides.

LOCK



Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options

Product



Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


ZO Ped Support

20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26

20 15 2624 15 2630 15 26

20 15 26

24 15 26

30 15 26

ZSPEDS201526LFZSPEDS241526LFZSPEDS301526LF

ZSPEDS201526RFZSPEDS241526RFZSPEDS301526RF

ZSPEOS201526F

ZSPEOS241526F

ZSPEOS301526F

652674708

652674708

497

518

552

D / W / H

PULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelowDoor


Open

20 Deep Shown

MODEL NUMBER

Notes ZO Ped Support is pre-drilled and ships with a riser.

ZO Ped Support ships with adjustable glides.

ZO Ped door includes one fixed shelf.

LOCK


Product

Left

Right


Bar SilverB

Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull Options



Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS


MIRO | Table of Contents

Basics4-8-12 Storage LogicMetal Veneer StorageLocksLock PlacementGrain DirectionFinishes

Underdesk

Credenza4-128-12Doors

Combo4-8-1212-1212-12-124-4-4-DoorsDoors-12-12Doors

Wardrobe

Display Tower

Overhead

Series 14-128-12OpenCombo

Support Storage

298300300301301302302

303

308309310

312313314315315 315315

316

318

320

322323323324325

326


MIRO | Basics

CasesStorage components are made from wood and steel. Cases are constructed from 3/4 inch, 45 lb., dense ultra-blend industrial particleboard, thermally fused with low pressure laminates on the two faces of each board. Case veneers are powdercoated, 22 gauge (.03 inch) thick formed sheet steel. Wall-mounted overhead storage ships with two-part sheet metal rail cleats for wall attachment.

Edging 2mm thermo-fused, extruded PVC polymeric edge band is applied to particleboard case.

Drawers and DoorsDrawer bodies are constructed of powdercoated, 22 gauge metal sides. The bottom is made of MDF. Drawer slides have full extension, 100 lb. ball bearing slides (200 lb. on lateral files).

Doors feature fully concealed, self closing Euro hinges with three axis adjustment.

Door and drawer faces are 3/4 inch, ultra-blend board with high pressure laminate on both faces.

LocksWhen specified, locks secure all drawers and doors; exceptions include 4 inch drawers on MS7023041, MS4311550, MS4311562, and MS4311575. Locks are keyed randomly.

Anti-tip Storage units with file drawers and lateral files are counterbalanced as required. Lateral file drawers feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide that allows only one lateral drawer to open at a time.

Pedestal CastersFour non-locking, pivoting casters allow the unit to be pushed sideways through narrow doorways with stability. Casters raise the height of pedestals by 2 inches.

Underdesk Credenza Combo Wardrobe Display Tower Overhead Series 1 Support Storage


MIRO | 4-8-12 Storage Logic

Many items that won’t fit easily in a traditional 6 inch drawer — water bottles, lunch boxes, running shoes, purses, etc. — typically end up in a file drawer. 4-8-12 sizing creates more usable capacity by providing an 8 inch drawer that comfortably accommodates these items, preserving the file drawer for filing.

This sizing logic also creates a 4 inch top drawer that better accommodates items like staplers, calculators, business cards, and other small office supplies. To preserve the ‘top drawer’ function expected in standard storage, molded plastic compartmentalized trays are included with 15 inch wide pedestals.

MIRO height logic is referenced by drawer configuration: 4-8-12 and 12-12 units (traditionally Pencil/Box/File and File/File) are 28 inches tall. Units with 4-4-12 and 8-12 configurations are 23 inches tall (25 inches with casters), and will fit beneath Viga tables.

MIRO | Metal Veneer Storage

The signature feature of MIRO storage is the unique combination of wood cabinets finished with powdercoated steel veneer. This fusion of materials exemplifies Watson’s commitment to innovative design and using environmentally preferred materials.

The steel veneer minimizes the visual impact of traditional plastic edge banding and creates a ‘shadow box’ effect that frames crisp design details.

Metal Veneer

Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL)

High Pressure Laminate

8-12 Series 1 4-8-12 Underdesk 12-12 Combo

MIRO PullThe geometric nature of the MIRO handle complements the horizontal lines of the product, while maintaining a quiet interaction with the overall design of the MIRO line.



MIRO | Lock Placement

Locks are standard on all MIRO storage units and are silver to match the handles. Placement on each unit has been carefully considered to minimize the visual impact. Locks are placed above vertical handles on doored units; exceptions include combos, wardrobes, and overheads. Lock placement on drawer units vary; see diagram below.

Underdesk Storage

Wardrobe Combo Storage

Credenza Series 1

Overhead


Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “F,” or field installed “U.”

The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “F” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.




MIRO | Locks


MIRO | Grain Direction


MIRO | Finishes

Smartgrain(Storage Faces)

JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

ZD Madagascar

MM Monticello Maple

IJ Rio

DT Studio Teak


D0 Xanadu

Surface Laminate(Storage Faces)

JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr


D0 Xanadu

Powdercoat(Storage Cases, Credenza Base/Shelves)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

ZE Clear (Base only)

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

WL White Linen



Available with or without casters, MIRO Underdesk components increase storage density by making good use of space, especially within compact or shared spaces. Mobile units are especially useful when shared resources require ready access and transient docking.

MIRO Underdesk | Overview

26

1528

MIRO Underdesk | Statement of Line

30


SPSP

SPSP

SPSP

SPSP

20 15 2328 15 23

20 15 2328 15 23

20 15 2828 15 28

20 30 2828 30 28

MS5052015NMS5052815N

MS5062015NMS5062815N

MS5012015NMS5012815N

MS5012030NMS5012830N

11131281

12811447

13361503

17811948

D / W / H

FACECASE PULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

8-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

12381406

14061572

14611628

19062073

4-4-12

4-8-12

BASE

--

--

See Below

F = FixedC = Mobile

LOCK



Underdesk

Notes 23 inch high Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.

28 inch high Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.

A standard plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.

Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support. For available storage support options, see page 326.


MobileMobile pedestals are two inches taller than fixed pedestals. For mobile pedestals select “C” in the product code above and add $20 list to each unit.





SPSP

SPSP

SPSP

NNNN

20 15 2828 15 28

20 30 2828 30 28

20 30 2828 30 28

20 30 2828 30 28

MS5022015NMS5022815N

MS5022030NMS5022830N

MS5032030NMS5032830N

MS5092030NMS5092830N

11691336

16701837

13921558

13921558

D / W / H

FACECASE /POWDER


12-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

12941461

17951962

15171683

--

Two Door

Open

LOCK


NN


Underdesk

Notes 23 inch high Underdesk storage (with or without casters) is sized to fit under Viga table rails.

28 inch high Underdesk storage will not fit under Viga table rails.

The Two Door unit ships with one adjustable shelf.

Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support. For available storage support options, see page 326.

Locks

Storage locks can be specified three ways, Factory Installed “L,” Field Installed “U,” and Non-Locking “N.” For details and ordering information, see page 301.





MIRO Credenza | Overview

The open back allows for appropriate technology ventilation and easy access for cable and technology installation.

MIRO Credenza | AV Option

Electronic presentation equipment is easily accessible from the front, while the credenza back is open for cable access and maximum ventilation.

The credenza anchors the MIRO workstation. Featuring signature MIRO steel veneer faces, the credenzas’ narrow surface and spacious drawer bodies provide design and space value for the private office and adjacent administrative spaces. All MIRO credenzas are 20 inches deep and are available in 24 inch and 28 inch heights.

308 4-12

309 8-12

310 Doors

4-12 8-12 Doors

24

45

28

60 75 45 60 75

MIRO Credenza | Statement of Line



SP

SP

SP

20 45 24

20 60 24

20 75 24

MS4114524N

MS4116024N

MS4117524N

2839

3172

3840

D / W / H

FACECASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

4-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

2964

3297

3965

BASE / SHELVES

LOCK


Credenza


Notes Units shown here are not meant for underdesk use.

Credenzas should not be placed adjacent to other storage units; heights will not match.

Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable but may be removed.

Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.

On 60 inch units, side by side door and drawer faces will not grain match horizontally.




Shelves (Powder)



SP

SP

SP

20 45 28

20 60 28

20 75 28

MS4144528N

MS4146028N

MS4147528N

2950

3284

3951

D / W / H


8-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

3075

3409

4076

BASE / SHELVES

LOCK


Credenza




Metal, open shelves are non-adjustable, but may be removed.






Shelves (Powder)



SP

SP

SP

20 45 24

20 60 24

20 75 24

MS4174524N

MS4176024N

MS4177524N

2505

2727

3395

D / W / H


Short DoorsStandard

SSmartgrain

A

2630

2852

3520

BASE / SHELVES

LOCK


Credenza




Credenzas shown here ship with two adjustable and/or removable shelves.





A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to the storage units shown here, specify a “V” after the pull code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 306 for details.



Shelves (Powder)



SP

SP

SP

20 45 28

20 60 28

20 75 28

MS4184528N

MS4186028N

MS4187528N

2616

2839

3506

D / W / H


Tall DoorsStandard

SSmartgrain

A

2741

2964

3631

BASE / SHELVES

LOCK


Credenza




Credenza’s shown here ship with two adjustable and/or removable shelves.





A/V OptionTo add an A/V opening to the storage units shown here, specify a “V” after the pull code above and add $75 to each unit. See page 306 for details.



Shelves (Powder)



Available in four heights, Combos are 20 inches deep and 30 inches wide. The Combo utilizes 4-8-12 or 12-12 sizing logic to provide comprehensive and multi-purpose drawer and shelf storage.

MIRO Combo | Overview

50

30

62

75

41

30

MIRO Combo | Statement of Line

313 4-8-12

314 12-12

315 12-12-12

315 4-4-4-Doors

315 Doors-12-12

315 Doors


SP

SP

SP

20 30 50

20 30 62

20 30 75

MS4213050N

MS4213062N

MS4213075N

2560

2782

3005

D / W / H


4-8-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

2685

2907

3130

LOCK


Combo


Notes 50 inch high Combo units ship with one adjustable shelf.62 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and one adjustable shelf.75 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and two adjustable shelves.

Storage cabinets shown here are not intended for worksurface support.






SP

SP

SP

20 30 50

20 30 62

20 30 75

MS4223050N

MS4223062N

MS4223075N

2449

2671

2894

D / W / H


12-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

2574

2796

3019

LOCK


Combo


Notes 50 inch high Combo units ship with one adjustable shelf.62 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and one adjustable shelf.75 inch high Combo units ship with one fixed and two adjustable shelves.







SP

SP

SP

SP

20 30 41

20 30 41

20 30 41

20 30 41

MS7013041N

MS7023041N

MS7043041N

MS7033041N

2115

2226

2115

1615

D / W / H


12-12-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

2240

2351

2240

1740

4-4-4-Doors

Doors-12-12

Doors

LOCK


Combo


Notes 4-4-4 Doors unit has one adjustable shelf and locking doors; drawers do not lock.

Doors unit ships with one fixed and one adjustable shelf. 4-4-4 Doors unit ships with one adjustable shelf.







The MIRO Wardrobe is a cross-functional storage pieces that supports both formal and casual wear storage. Wardrobes are equipped with hangers to keep clothing wrinkle free, and hooks for jackets, purses and backpacks. At 15 inches wide, the MIRO wardrobe is available in three heights.

MIRO Wardrobe | Overview

50

15

62

75

MIRO Wardrobe | Statement of Line


SP

SP

SP

20 15 50

20 15 62

20 15 75

MS4421550

MS4421562

MS4421575

1336

1558

1781

D / W / H


ClosedStandard

SSmartgrain

A

1461

1683

1906

HAND

LOCK


Wardrobe


Notes Wardrobe ships with one fixed shelf.






The MIRO Display Tower offers contemporary style accented by MIRO’s signature powdercoated metal veneer drawer faces. The metal shelves are sized to accommodate personal items and large binders but may be removed, making room for taller display items. All MIRO Display Towers measure 15 inches wide. Available in three heights, choose the tallest Tower for the most ample display space or to create vertical architectural interest within the workspace.

MIRO Display Tower | Overview

50

15

62

75

MIRO Display Tower | Statement of Line


SP

SP

SP

20 15 50

20 15 62

20 15 75

MS4311550N

MS4311562N

MS4311575N

2004

2226

2449

D / W / H


Display TowerStandard

SSmartgrain

A

2129

2351

2574

SHELVES

Display Tower


Notes The interior faces of the Display Tower open shelves will always match the case color.

Display Tower open shelves are metal and are non-adjustable, but may be removed.



Shelves (Powder)



The MIRO Overhead provides symmetry and visual balance for the private office. The Overhead may be mounted at traditional overhead height or at the belt-line. Outer-edge, doored storage is binder-height friendly. Open shelves at the center of the 45 inch and 75 inch units allow additional open-access to support materials or display items.

MIRO Overhead | Overview

14

30 45 60 75

MIRO Overhead | Statement of Line


SP

SP

SP

SP

External: 14 30 15 Internal: 11 29 13

External: 14 45 15 Internal (2): 11 13 13



MS6013015N

MS6024515N

MS6036015N

MS6047515N

1169

1726

2060

2727

D / W / H


DoorStandard

SSmartgrain

A

1294

1851

2185

2852

-

-

SHELVESLOCK


Overhead


Notes Interior faces of open shelves will always match case color.

Overhead open shelves are metal construction and are non-adjustable, but may be removed.

Open shelves can be specified as a contrasting color.

Overhead interior depth is 111/4 inches.

On the 60 inch overhead, side by side door faces will not grain match horizontally.

Overheads are attach to the wall with an aluminum french cleat.




Shelves (Powder)



Series 1 provides storage for lean and low workspaces, helping to conserve real estate without skimping on storage capacity. The low heights open office vistas, and support a modern, residential silhouette. Components also double as temporary seating for guests.

MIRO Series 1 | Overview

19

30

23

30 30 45 45 45

MIRO Series 1 | Statement of Line

323 4-12

323 8-12

324 Open

325 Combo


NN

NN

NN

NN

15 30 19

15 45 19

15 30 23

15 45 23

MS1053019N

MS1054519N

MS1063023N

MS1064523N

1447

2560

1503

2671

D / W / H

CASEPULLMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

4-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

1572

2685

1628

2796

LOCK

N = None

N

N

N

N

Series 1


Notes Overall storage depth is 15 inches.

Series 1 features 12 inch deep storage drawers.


8-12





15 30 19

15 45 19

15 30 23

15 45 23

MS1153019N

MS1154519N

MS1163023N

MS1164523N

1336

2060

1392

2171

D / W / H

CASEMODEL NUMBER LAMINATE

4-12 OpenStandard

S

Series 1




The shelf color matches the case.

Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support.

8-12 Open




SP

SP

SP

SP

15 30 19

15 45 19

15 30 23

15 45 23

MS1253019N

MS1254519N

MS1263023N

MS1264523N

1558

2505

1615

2616

D / W / H


4-12 ComboStandard

SSmartgrain

A

1683

2630

1740

2741

LOCK


Series 1




The shelf color matches the case.

Storage shown here is not intended for worksurface support.


8-12 Combo






MIRO tables can be supported using triangular steel legs or storage cases fitted with risers. An extensive array of configurations are available to accommodate both function and design needs. Storage support cabinets may be arranged to fit directly below the desktop or they can be configured to extend up to 21 inches beyond the desk, providing additional workspace and architectural interest.

MIRO Support Storage | Overview

MIRO Support Storage | Statement of Line

15

28

30

MIRO Support Storage | Single Door Cabinets

MIRO Single Door cabinets accommodate printers and other non-CPU devices that do not require heavy ventilation beneath the desk - keeping technology within easy reach of the user. By facilitating 90o office configurations, the Single Door cabinet allows storage to be used as a worksurface return. A touch-latch opening eliminates under-desk interference. Single Door cabinets include dual grommets for wire management, a removable shelf to accommodate large items, and dedicated space for power strips and excess wiring. Perfipherals Cabinet is not intended for CPU storage.



SPSP

SPSP

SPSP

SPSP

20 15 2828 15 28

20 30 2828 30 28

20 15 2828 15 28

20 30 2828 30 28

MS5612015NMS5612815N

MS5612030NMS5612830N

MS5622015NMS5622815N

MS5622030NMS5622830N

14471615

18922050

12811447

17811948

D / W / H

FACECASE /POWDER


4-8-12Standard

SSmartgrain

A

15721740

20172185

14061572

19062073

12-12

LOCK


Support Storage


Notes 20 inch deep storage can support a 20 or 28 inch deep worksurface.28 inch deep storage can support a 28 or 36 inch deep worksurface.

A plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.

Storage support cabinets ship with one riser and two riser positioning holes. In offset configurations, one positioning hole will be visible. Hole caps ship with units.






NNNN

SPSP

NN

NN

20 30 2828 30 28

20 30 2828 30 28

20 30 28

20 30 28

MS5682030NMS5682830N

MS5632030NMS5632830N

MS5692030

MS5672030

--

-

15031670

15031670

1503

1593

D / W / H

FACECASE /POWDER


Open


StandardS

SmartgrainA

--

16281795

-

1718

Two Door

Open Perpendicular

Single Door Perpendicular

HAND

--

--

L = LeftR = Right

LOCK


NN

N

Support Storage


Notes 20 inch deep storage can support a 20 or 28 inch deep worksurface.28 inch deep storage can support a 28 or 36 inch deep worksurface.

A plastic pencil tray ships with 15 inch wide storage cabinets that have 4 inch drawers.

Two Door unit ships with one adjustable shelf.

Storage support cabinets ship with one riser and two riser positioning holes. In offset configurations, one positioning hole will be visible. Hole caps ship with units.

The Single Door unit includes a removable interior shelf to accommodate technology placement and two grommets at the back of the unit for cable management. Not intended for CPU storage.




Right Hand Shown


FUSION | Table of Contents

BasicsGrain DirectionPullsLocksFinishes

Moto Pedestal

Cab Mobile Storage

Overdesk Storage

330331331331332

333

334

338


FUSION | Basics

Moto and Cab Storage

Cases: 3/4 inch, 45 lb. dense Ultrablend industrial particleboard is thermally fused with low pressure laminates on each face.

Edging: 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric edgeband.

Drawers: Drawer bodies feature full extension, 100 lb. ball bearing slides (200 lb. on lateral files).

Locks: Locks are standard on all drawers (except the pencil drawer) and are keyed randomly.

Pencil Drawers: Moto pencil drawers are thermo-formed of 1/8 inch thick, textured, High Impact Polystyrene sheet material with three ovoid frontal compartments and four elongated central, rear compartments supported by full extension slides.

Anti-tip: Motos with file drawers and Brio lateral files are counterbalanced. Lateral file drawers feature an anti-tip, interlocking drawer slide which allows only one lateral drawer to open at a time.

Base pans: 16 gauge, cold rolled sheet steel, MIG welded 1/2 inch solid, steel plate axle blocks bolster rear wheel connections (Motos and Single Cabs only).

Static Load Capacity: Motos and Cabs can support 300 lb. static loads.

Tambour Doors: .035 inch matte finish, translucent Polyethylene sheet material runs smoothly along die extruded, aluminum channels.

Casters: Motos and Single Cabs have fixed-direction rear wheels and lockable, pivoting front casters. Double Cabs have four non-locking, pivoting casters to allow the unit to be pushed sideways with stability through narrow doorways.

Overdesk ShelvesBrackets are constructed of 12 gauge, cold rolled steel in a ‘V bend’ structure. Wood and set-screws provide a solid connection and may be adjusted by the user.

Moto Pedestal Cab Mobile Storage Overdesk Storage


FUSION pulls are available in a range of styles designed to suit both transitional and modern aesthetics. All FUSION pulls are sized 128mm (5 inches) wide.

FUSION | Pulls

Jota Silver J Jota Black K Alto Silver A

FUSION | Grain Direction


Storage locks can be specified one of three ways, non-locking “N,” factory installed “F,” or field installed “U.”

The non-locking “N” option keeps drawer and door faces clear when locks are not required. “F” locks are keyed randomly and installed by our factory. Field installed “U” locks are ordered separately and keyed alike upon installation in the field. A special order is required for lock cores numbered higher than 150. All locks are specified silver or black to match the pull color selected.




FUSION | Locks


FUSION | Finishes


Powdercoat(Overhead support arms)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

ZE Clear

M2 Dark Champagne

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

WL White Linen

Surface Laminate(Storage faces)

JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

IB Biltmore Cherry

EH Blond Echo

LQ Colombian Walnut

DZ Desert Zephyr

EB Ebony

FE Fine Sycamore

FJ Frosty White

TJ Gilded Mesh

EG Grey Mesh

KM Kensington Maple

KN Kona

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

N2 Natural Cane

IJ Rio

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

EE Sheer Mesh

EK Steel Mesh

DT Studio Teak

TU Tendu

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr


D0 Xanadu

Storage Laminate(Storage cases, Storage faces) BK Black

EH Blond Echo

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

FE Fine Sycamore

KM Kensington Maple

RV River Cherry

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

DT Studio Teak

TW Tuscan Walnut

WA White Aluminum

WL White Linen

Non-Contrast FinishMatching Case and Face finish.

Contrast FinishStorage Face contrasts Case finish.

CASE

CASE FACE

CASE

CASE FACE

CASE

CASE FACE

Face Finish as “Surface Laminate” Face Finish as “Storage Laminate”

FUSION storage can be specified as a Contrast or Non-Contrast finish option. When a Non-Contrast finish option is chosen, storage units ship with a matching Case and Face finish. When ordering Non-Contrast you ONLY specify a storage Case color.

When a Contrast finish option is chosen, the storage Face contrasts the Case finish. When ordering you must specify separate storage Case and Face colors. When selecting your storage Face finish, there are two options to consider: 1) If you select a finish from the “Surface Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Case color selected, or 2) If you select a finish from the “Storage Laminate” color list, the Face edge will match the Face color selected.



A distinctive profile makes mobile Moto pedestals a stylish storage value. Available in two heights, the inset top supports impromptu seating and collaboration. Add Werkwalls and Werktools for ‘360 degrees of storage.’

FUSION Moto Pedestal | Overview

24

1726

FUSION Moto Pedestal | Statement of Line


22 17 24

30 17 24

22 17 26

30 17 26

MBF-22

MBF-30

MPBF-22

MPBF-30

975

1097

1071

1191

Pencil Box File

Box File

Moto

D / W / H

CASEPULLPRICE

SeeOptionsBelow

-

-

-

-

FACEMODEL NUMBER LOCK



Notes Moto bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.

Specified dimensions refer to footprint sizing.

File drawers include rails for letter (width) or legal (depth) suspended folders.

Counterbalances are standard on all file drawer Motos.


Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA

Pull OptionsFace Finish

Case Finish




Single and Double Cab mobile storage units provide lockable file and personal storage. To conceal piles and files, specify your Cab with translucent white tambour doors. Adjustable shelving creates flexible space for binders and other personal belongings, while optional Werkwall accessories add organization for small tools. At 47 inches high, Cab storage supports standing-height impromptu meetings.

FUSION Cab Mobile Storage | Overview

336 Single Cab

337 Double Cab

47

19 36

FUSION Cab Mobile Storage | Statement of Line


24 19 47

24 19 47

24 19 47

CS2BF

CSPBF

CSD

1314

1259

1049

Pencil Box File

Two Box File

Single Cab

D / W / H

CASEPULLTAMBOUR DOOR

SeeOptionsBelow

-

-

-


N = NoneL = FactoryU = FieldN = No T = Yes

1470

1415

1205

Hinged Door


Notes Cab bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.

Specified dimensions refer to Cab footprint sizing.


Transport handles are standard on all Single Cabs.


Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA


Case Finish



Open Hinged Doors

Open Two Box Lateral

Double Cab

D / W / H

CASEPULLTAMBOUR DOOR

SeeOptionsBelow


N = NoneL = FactoryU = FieldN = No T = Yes

Divided Two Box Lateral


Notes Cab bases have two casters that pivot and lock and two fixed-direction, non-locking casters.

Specified dimensions refer to Cab footprint sizing.



Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA


Case Finish




Available in three widths and a variety of open and closed configurations, Overdesk storage fills vertical space above the worksurface creating additional personal space to maximize filing and display density.

FUSION Overdesk Storage | Overview

FUSION Overdesk Storage | Statement of Line


11 24 1211 30 1211 36 12

11 24 1211 30 1211 36 12

14 24 1214 30 1214 36 12

14 24 1214 30 1214 36 12

14 24 15

14 30 15

14 36 15

14 24 1514 30 1514 36 15

14 24 1514 30 1514 36 15

SMS24SMS30SMS36

SMP24SMP30SMP36

ODA24ODA30ODA36

ODA24ODA30ODA36

ODD24

ODD30

ODD36

ODP24ODP30ODP36

ODP24ODP30ODP36

---

---

379387393

---

610

630

678

610630678

---

Flat Shelf

Overdesk

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

D / W / H

CASEPULLSUPPORT

SeeOptionsBelow

---

---

---

---

-

-

-

---

---

FACEMODEL NUMBER

LOCK



Wall Mounted

W

Desk Mounted

B

311311311

340340340

---

474482487

-

-

-

---

711731779

---

-

-

-

---

POWDER

Flat Shelf w/Dividers

Arched

Closed w/Doors

Closed w/Slider Doors


Notes The Flat Overdesk shelf is mounted 12 inches above the worksurface. Shelf brackets are angled to support the center of the shelf and attach to the edge of the worksurface.

The Flat Overdesk Shelf with dividers ships with five shelf dividers.

Desk mounted, Arched Overdesk shelf height is 12 inches.


Jota SilverJ

Jota BlackK

Alto SilverA


Case Finish

PLEASE SEE


FOR THE CURRENT

SEVEN, TONIC AND

ZO+ZONE CATALOGS

www.watsonfurniture.com | 349www.watsonfurniture.com | 349

3 3 5

3 3 5

3 3 5

3 3 5

WZSLAF1

WZSLAF2

WZSLAF3

WZSLAF4

One (4 pieces)

Locker Riser

D / W / H

POWDERMODEL NUMBER

188

281

375

468

Two (6 pieces)

PRICE

Three (8 pieces)

Four (10 pieces)


Notes Connection hardware included.

Riser material is powdercoated steel.

The addition of Risers adds 51/4 inches to the height of your locker.

Riser includes one inch of glide adjustment.

Multiple ZONE Lockers share center risers.

Maximum run size for locker groupings is four due to weight of units.

ACCESSORIES | Table of Contents

BasicsEtch Mobile MarkerboardTak Screen & Jot BoardSeiri ScreenModesty Shield ApplicationsConference Cable TowerStorage ToolsFinishes

ScreensJot BoardTak ScreenSeiri ScreenFUSION Privacy

Modesty Shield

Markerboards

Support Tools

Cable Management

Desk Tools

Storage Tools

352353354355357358359360

361361363365369

372

373

375

376

379

385




Watson | Basics

EtchThe Etch mobile markerboard features the first powdercoat designed specifically for dry-erase markers providing the quality and finish equivalent to ceramic coated steel. A welded steel frame.

Seiri Screens (Desk Mount)Seiri Screens are desk mounted and feature an integrated steel accessory rail. Screen covering is 100% recycled polyester woven fabric. Tackable core material is comprised of particleboard and honeycomb composite. Accessory rail is powdercoated, 14 gauge formed steel. Screens can be specified with 1-sided or 2-sided rails. The bracket component is 1/4 inch thick, powdercoated steel. Screens ship with four powdercoated 14 gauge, steel accessory bins.

Seiri Screens (Wall Mount)Wall mount screens are constructed from 3/4 inch recycled paper board, covered with 100% recycled polyester woven fabric, and backed with 1/4 inch hardboard. Two-part metal rail cleats are included for wall attachment.

Wall Mount WhiteboardWhite, dry erase marker panels are standard marker board laminates cold fused to 1/2 inch industrial grade particle board. Panels are edged with 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric aluminum-finished edgeband.

Acrylic Modesty ShieldThe Acrylic Modesty Shield is a 1/4 inch frosted acrylic panel and a powdercoated, center-mount steel support.

Steel Modesty Shield The Steel Modesty Shield is formed from 22 gauge (.03”), powdercoated sheet steel and includes acoustic dampening fabric on the backside.

Solo & Beamer CartsPlatforms are constructed of 3/4 inch, 45 lb. dense, Ultrablend industrial particleboard, thermally fused with low pressure laminates on each face, and edged with 2mm, thermofused, extruded PVC polymeric edgeband. The upper platforms are height adjustable from 29 to 42 inches; a right hand crank handle utilizes the same proprietary beveled gear lift mechanism found in the Impulse leg base.

The combination of fixed direction rear wheels with pivoting front casters allows the units to be easily steered during relocation.

The undercarriage is fabricated with dual 12 gauge, cold rolled, steel box formed channels that are MIG welded to horizontal parabolic axle tubes.

WerkrailRail is made of 3/4 inch thick, recyclable, textured HDPE plastic, CNC shaped with custom profile cutting heads. HDPE is the same material as the tambour doors.

Brackets are a combination of MIG welded 12 and 16 gauge, cold rolled, sheet steel components.

Tack Screen & Jot BoardThe Jot Board has a particleboard core and is finished with markerboard laminate. The Tak Screen has a fiberboard core and is covered with 100% recycled and recyclable textiles.


Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools

Etch | Mobile Markerboards

The Etch mobile markerboard is available in four standard widths and two heights, constructed of welded steel and features a premium powdercoated steel writing surface. An array of functional magnetic accessories are also available for storage or display needs.

Powdercoat

30” 36” 42” 46”

72”

60”

14”

58”

44”

20”

MarkerboardFrameless Writing Surface

1 1/4” Profile Thickness

Markerboard Powdercoat

Magnetic

Welded Steel Assembly

Soft Rolling

Non-marking

100 lb. Capacity

General ConstructionEtch Markerboards are constructed using three primary components; an internal steel frame, steel surface veneers and two pairs of legs. Internal frame members are cut from 1 x 2 inch 16 gauge steel tube; each member is miter cut, welded and dressed at adjoining corners to create a rigid substructure.

The markerboard surfaces are laser cut from 22 gauge cold-rolled steel and finished with a powdercoat formulated specifically for dry erase applications. Each leg is cut from 16 gauge steel tube and then welded to two 1/4 inch steel joining plates. Leg pairs are discretely fastened to the frame using an internal 5/16-18 inch bolt. 23/8 inch casters are attached to each leg using threaded stems and are rated for loads up to 100 lbs each. All metal accessories are constructed using 18 gauge cold rolled steel.

Custom SizingAdditional sizing between 30-46 inches wide and 48-72 inches high is available. Contact Watson sales associate for more information. Maximum width is 46 inches due to material constraints.



AboveAvailable in 15 or 20 inch heights, the Tak Screen and Jot Board Above are designed to provide fixed desktop privacy.

Above BelowThe 20 inch Tak Screen and Jot Board Above Below both provide privacy above the desk surface and screening below the beltline.

DesktopAt 103/4 inches high, the freestanding Tak Screen and Jot Board Desktop is ideal for subdividing larger surfaces or movable space division.

ZO Denza The Jot Board Above and Tak Screen Above easily clamp in to the back channel of the ZO denza, providing secure space division between workspaces.

Watson | Tak Screen & Jot Board

The Jot Board and Tak Screen provide a simple, smart solution for privacy and space division. Finished on both sides with marker board laminate, the Jot Board is ideal for deadline-driven and team environments. The Tak Screen provides a more traditional dual-sided, fabric covered surface.

Whether the Tak Screen or Jot Board best meets your needs, both are available in two heights, and three styles and lengths to accommodate Watson’s full breadth of desk choices. Universally compatible with all Watson Desking worksurfaces and edge profiles, the clamp-on assembly makes Jot and Tak easy to install and reconfigure. Both products are also available as a stand-alone, tabletop version - a value for space division within benching applications.

Watson | Tak Screen & Jot Board Applications

Accessory Tray The Accessory Tray adds organization to any Jot Board or Tak Screen. Non-skid pads on the bottom allow placement over Tak Screen or Jot Board surface brackets. With four size options, the accessory tray can run the length of the screen, or be placed on one side.



MIRO | Seiri Screen Design

Named for the Japanese term for “sorting” or “arranging,” Seiri Screens provide open plan configurations with elegant space delineation and seated privacy. Seiri Screens come in two height dimensions, providing distinct levels of space division. These tackable screens are covered in 100% recycled and recyclable fabric and ship with magnetic bins for organizing desktop items within the screen’s bottom tray.

Seiri Screens are bracketed to desk edges and can only be mounted along edges without legs.

Each screen ships with 4 steel bins per side. Bins work independently or in pairs to accommodate a array of documents and small desk items. Each bin fits snugly into the screen’s steel tray and is held firm by a magnet.



MIRO | Modesty Shield Applications

MIRO Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic with a powdercoated frame or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner.

18” shorter than table length

1. Leg Only Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support

1. Leg Only SupportViga Leg Support

9” gap

4” gap


9” gap

6” gap

1. Leg OnlyFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches ofclearance at each end). For compact stations where 9 inch gaps are not practical, subtract a minimum of 12 inches from the lengthof the table.

2. Full-depth Storage SupportIn full-depth storage support configurations, where the supporting storage case extends to the front edge of the desk, we recommendsizing the modesty shield 18 inches shorter than the available space between the cases. After making the calculation, choose thenext larger available dimension.

3. Leg + Full-depth Storage SupportIn combined bridge leg/full-depth storage support configurations, select a shield length 18 inches shorter than the distance betweenthe supporting storage case and the end of the table. For example, a 72 inch table supported by a bridge base on one end and afull-depth 15 inch pedestal on the other should receive a 42 inch modesty shield (72-15-18=39). After making the calculation, choosethe next larger available dimension, in this case 42 inches.

4. Partial Depth Storage SupportSelecting storage depth that is not as deep as the worksurface allows placement of the modesty panel to overlap the width of thestorage, creating an appealing layered appearance. In this configuration approach, use the same sizing logic as with “Leg Only”configurations (modesty should be 12-18 inches shorter than worksurface).

6-18” shorter than size of opening

3-9” gap

4” gap

6-18” shorter than size of opening

3-9” gap

4” gap

9” gap

4” gap


2. Full-depth Storage Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support

3. Leg + Full-depth Storage SupportViga Leg Support

4. Partial Depth Storage Support28” Deep Bridge Leg Support



M2 | Modesty Shield Applications

M2 Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic with a powdercoated frame or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner. Sizing and placement logic effectively limit physical and visual interference with leg and storage support details.

1. Leg OnlyFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches of clearance at each end).

2. Storage SupportIn storage support configurations, we recommend sizing the modesty shield 8 to 12 inches shorter than the available space between the cases. After making the calculation, choose the next larger available dimension.

3. Leg + Storage SupportIn combined leg/full-depth storage support configurations, select a shield length 13 to 15 inches shorter than the distance between the supporting storage case and the end of the table. For example, a 72 inch table supported by legs on one end and a 16 inch wide pedestal on the other should receive a 59 inch modesty shield (72-9-4=59). After making the calculation, choose the next larger available dimension, in this case 60 inches.

4”

4” - 6” 4” - 6”

4”

9” 9”

4”

9”4” - 6”

1. Leg Only Support 2. Full-depth Storage Support

3. Leg + Full-depth Storage Support



FUSION | Modesty Shield Applications

FUSION Modesty Shields are available in 1/4 inch frosted acrylic panels with a powdercoated frame, or in 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with a fabric liner.

Application SpecificationFor tables configured with legs only, shield length should be 18 inches shorter than the length of the table (allowing 9 inches of clearance at each end).

4”

9” 9”

The tower attaches to the surface with two connection brackets.

The powdercoated steel face isspot-welded to the inner plate. Multiple zip-tie points secure technology

cables.

The tower has two frosted acrylic sides joined with steel corners. One side is magnetic, allowing easy access to cables.

MIRO | Conference Cable Tower

Designed to provide seamless wire management, the Conference Cable Tower conceals power, voice, and data wiring within its hollow interior. Constructed of powdercoated steel and attached to the surface with sturdy connection brackets, a magnetic panel provides easy access to the cabling within.



An array of ZO tools provides the user with options for increasing workspace efficiency and comfort. Additional seating, at-a-glance filing, and sit and stand brainstorming boards turn individual nooks into collaborative zones.

ZO | Storage Tools

ZO DotThis fabric wrapped cushion allows you to add easy-access seating to your work area. At 16 inches in diameter and 2 inches high, the ZO Dot is upholstered in TeKnit, 100% recycled fabric. The ZO Dot is available in four colors.

ZO PadOur greenest storage cushion, the ZO Pad is made out of 100% charcoal gray P.E.T. felt and is sized to fit your ZO Ped or ZO Denza.

ZO Stak | Shelf TrayDesigned for ardent pilers who desire shelving that can be repositioned, the removable shelf tray is compatible with ZO Stak Open Through storage units.

ZO Stak | MarkerboardAll ZO Stak storage units may be specified with markerboard on the back, making ZO Staks a dual purpose space-division tool.

ZO DashSized to fit your ZO Ped or ZO Denza, the ZO Dash cushion transforms unused surfaces into additional seating. The ZO Dash may be ordered in any of Watson’s standard fabrics.

ZO Box Drawer OrganizerEffortlessly organize ZO pencil box drawers with this compartmented organizer, consisting of a PVC divider tray housed inside a hanging metal paper tray.



Watson | Finishes

Etch Powdercoat(Legs, Frame, Accessories)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

FQ Fashion Grey

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

WL White Linen

RRED Really Red

YLO Sunflower

ZO Dot Cushion

5Z Chocolate

6J Dark Crimson

6K Smoke

0X Xanadu

Miro Forbo Mat

JY Brandy

JX Charcoal

JD Almond

JK Camel

Textiles(Screens, ZO Dash) SPRITE COLLECTION

2V Harvest

7K Khaki

2I Linen

7Y Sky

2W Snow

DRIFT COLLECTION

0R Alabaster

0I Graphite

3K Mocha

9P Pebble

4T Slate

3J Storm


9B Amber

9A Angora

6D Asteroid

9H Birch

9U Cumin

6X Fossil

9E Goose

9R Graphite

1G Green Apple

6H Henna

Powdercoat(Legs, Metal components)

BK Black

CH Charcoal

M2 Dark Champagne

FQ Fashion Grey

GY Satin Gray

SG Slate

WA White Aluminum

WL White Linen



15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71

20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71

WJBA1523WJBA1529WJBA1532WJBA1535WJBA1538WJBA1541WJBA1544WJBA1547WJBA1550WJBA1553WJBA1556WJBA1559WJBA1562WJBA1565WJBA1568WJBA1571

WJBA2023WJBA2029WJBA2032WJBA2035WJBA2038WJBA2041WJBA2044WJBA2047WJBA2050WJBA2053WJBA2056WJBA2059WJBA2062WJBA2065WJBA2068WJBA2071

355372402407412419424429435440446452457468585591

372388424429440446457463468480485497502507624630

H / W

POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE

Above

Jot Board


Notes

Jot Board clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.

Jot Board surface is white markerboard laminate.

Proper care and simple weekly maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.



20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71

12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47

WJBAB2023WJBAB2029WJBAB2032WJBAB2035WJBAB2038WJBAB2041WJBAB2044WJBAB2047WJBAB2050WJBAB2053WJBAB2056WJBAB2059WJBAB2062WJBAB2065WJBAB2068WJBAB2071

WJBD1223WJBD1229WJBD1235WJBD1241WJBD1247

372388424429440446457463468480485497502507624630

156168179185196

H / W


Above/Below

Desktop

Jot Board


Notes

Jot Board clamps fit 11/8 to 11/4 inch thick surfaces.

Jot Board surface is white markerboard laminate.




15 2315 2915 3215 3515 3815 4115 4415 4715 5015 5315 5615 5915 6215 6515 6815 71

20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71



H / W

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Above

Tak Screen


Notes


Product

355372402407412419424429435440446452457468584589

372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639


20 2320 2920 3220 3520 3820 4120 4420 4720 5020 5320 5620 5920 6220 6520 6820 71

12 2312 2912 3512 4112 47

- 21- 30- 39- 57

WTSAB2023WTSAB2029WTSAB2032WTSAB2035WTSAB2038WTSAB2041WTSAB2044WTSAB2047WTSAB2050WTSAB2053WTSAB2056WTSAB2059WTSAB2062WTSAB2065WTSAB2068WTSAB2071

WTSD1223WTSD1229WTSD1235WTSD1241WTSD1247

WJTAT21WJTAT30WJTAT39WJTAT57

372388424429440446457463468480485497502507628639

156168179185196

104104104104

H / W

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Above/Below

Desktop

Tak Screen


Notes


Accessory Tray includes non-skid pads for placement on Tak Screen and Jot Board surface brackets.

Accessory tray is designed to organize light duty objects such as files, pens and pencils. Tray is not intended for use with binders or as heavy object storage.

Accessory Tray ships with two Watson Seiri Bins.

Product

Accessory Tray


13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84

16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84

19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84

WAPRS1336WAPRS1342WAPRS1345WAPRS1348WAPRS1354WAPRS1360WAPRS1366WAPRS1372WAPRS1378WAPRS1384

WAPRS1636 WAPRS1642 WAPRS1645WAPRS1648WAPRS1654WAPRS1660WAPRS1666WAPRS1672WAPRS1675WAPRS1678WAPRS1684

WAPRS1936 WAPRS1942 WAPRS1945WAPRS1948WAPRS1954WAPRS1960WAPRS1966WAPRS1972WAPRS1975WAPRS1978WAPRS1984

641641641641696696724724752752

641641641641696696724724724752752

641641641641696696724724724752752

H / W

POWDERFABRICMODEL NUMBER PRICE

Single Sided

Seiri Screen


Notes Single Sided Seiri Screen ships with 4 bins.

Seiri Bins fix magnetically to trays.

Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.

Dual Sided Seiri Screen ships with 8 bins.



13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84

16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84

19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84

WAPRN1336WAPRN1342WAPRN1345WAPRN1348WAPRN1354WAPRN1360WAPRN1366WAPRN1372WAPRN1378WAPRN1384

WAPRN1636 WAPRN1642 WAPRN1645WAPRN1648WAPRN1654WAPRN1660WAPRN1666WAPRN1672WAPRN1675WAPRN1678WAPRN1684

WAPRN1936 WAPRN1942 WAPRN1945WAPRN1948WAPRN1954WAPRN1960WAPRN1966WAPRN1972WAPRN1975WAPRN1978WAPRN1984

537537537537592592620620648648

537537537537592592620620620648648

537537537537592592620620620648648

H / W


Trayless

Seiri Screen


Notes Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.




Notes Dual Sided Seiri Screen ships with 8 bins.


Desk Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.

13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84

16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84

19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84

WAPRD1336WAPRD1342WAPRD1345WAPRD1348WAPRD1354WAPRD1360WAPRD1366WAPRD1372WAPRD1378WAPRD1384

WAPRD1636WAPRD1642WAPRD1645WAPRD1648WAPRD1654WAPRD1660WAPRD1666WAPRD1672WAPRD1675WAPRD1678WAPRD1684

WAPRD1936WAPRD1942WAPRD1945WAPRD1948WAPRD1954WAPRD1960WAPRD1966WAPRD1972WAPRD1975WAPRD1978WAPRD1984

808808808808864864891891919919

808808808808864864891891891919919

808808808808864864891891891919919

H / W


Dual Sided

Seiri Screen Product




13 3613 4213 4513 4813 5413 6013 6613 7213 7813 84

16 3616 4216 4516 4816 5416 6016 6616 7216 7516 7816 84

19 3619 4219 4519 4819 5419 6019 6619 7219 7519 7819 84

WAPRW1336WAPRW1342WAPRW1345WAPRW1348WAPRW1354WAPRW1360WAPRW1366WAPRW1372WAPRW1378WAPRW1384

WAPRW1636WAPRW1642WAPRW1645WAPRW1648WAPRW1654WAPRW1660WAPRW1666WAPRW1672WAPRW1675WAPRW1678WAPRW1684

WAPRW1936WAPRW1942WAPRW1945WAPRW1948WAPRW1954WAPRW1960WAPRW1966WAPRW1972WAPRW1975WAPRW1978WAPRW1984

WABIN

-

585585585585641641668668696696

585585585585641641668668668696696

585585585585641641668668668696696

107

H / W


Wall Mounted

Seiri Bin Set

Seiri Screen


Notes Wall mounted Seiri Screens mount to the wall with supplied sheet metal cleats.

Wall Mounted Seiri Screen ships with 4 bins.


Wall Mounted Seiri Screens are fully tackable.




24 1230 1236 1242 1248 1254 1260 12

24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18

24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24

24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18

24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24

PPR-2412PPR-3012PPR-3612PPR-4212PPR-4812PPR-5412PPR-6012



PPC-2418PPC-3018PPC-3618PPC-4218PPC-4818PPC-5418PPC-6018

PPC-2424PPC-3024PPC-3624PPC-4224PPC-4824PPC-5424PPC-6024

331346359373387401413

353366379393407421434

366387401413427440454

393407421434448460474

413427440454468482496

W / H


Rectangular, 24”- 60”

FUSION Privacy

Center Arch, 24”- 60”


Notes To accommodate mounting bracket fit, the total panel width is a uniform 41/2 inches shorter than the worksurface.

Please note, privacy screen bracket may interfere with M2 legs.


370 | www.watsonfurniture.com www.watsonfurniture.com | 370

24 1830 1836 1842 1848 1854 1860 18

24 2430 2436 2442 2448 2454 2460 24

66 1272 1278 1284 12

66 1872 1878 1884 18

66 2472 2478 2484 24

66 1872 1878 1884 18

66 2472 2478 2484 24

PPS-2418PPS-3018PPS-3618PPS-4218PPS-4818PPS-5418PPS-6018

PPS-2424PPS-3024PPS-3624PPS-4224PPS-4824PPS-5424PPS-6024

PPRD-6612PPRD-7212PPRD-7812PPRD-8412



PPCD-6618PPCD-7218PPCD-7818PPCD-8418

PPCD-6624PPCD-7224PPCD-7824PPCD-8424

353366379393407421434

366387401413427440454

725739752766

744758772787

772800826853

826840853867

853880906934

W / H


Sloped, 24”- 60”

FUSION Privacy

Rectangular, 66”- 84”

Center Arch, 66”- 84”






66 1872 1878 1884 18

66 2472 2478 2484 24

PPSRD-6618PPSRD-7218PPSRD-7818PPSRD-8418

PPSRD-6624PPSRD-7224PPSRD-7824PPSRD-8424

744758772787

772800826853

W / H


Sloped/Rectangular, 24”- 60”

FUSION Privacy






MODEL NUMBER

13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4813 5413 6013 66

13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4813 5413 6013 66

13 2413 3013 3613 4213 4513 4813 5113 5413 5713 6013 6313 6613 6913 7213 7513 7813 81

WASTL1324WASTL1330WASTL1336WASTL1342WASTL1348WASTL1354WASTL1360WASTL1366

WAMOD1324WAMOD1330WAMOD1336WAMOD1342WAMOD1348WAMOD1354WAMOD1360WAMOD1366

SVMOD1324SVMOD1330SVMOD1336SVMOD1342SVMOD1345SVMOD1348SVMOD1351SVMOD1354SVMOD1357SVMOD1360SVMOD1363SVMOD1366SVMOD1369SVMOD1372SVMOD1375SVMOD1378SVMOD1381

Modesty Shield


Notes Steel and SEVEN Modesty Shields are 16 gauge, powdercoated steel with fabric lining on the user side.

Acrylic Modesty Shield is frosted acrylic with powdercoated steel detail and mounting brackets.

SEVEN Modesty Shield mounts to utility beam with brackets. Actual width is 6 inches shorter than nominal dimension.

In some circumstances, the placement of the modesty shield may interfere with pre-installed grommets. It is recommended to use field installed grommets when specifying a modesty shield.

Product

277281286293298304309315

557557613613668668724724

190201213246251257263268279296307318329346357369379

POWDERPRICE

Steel

Acrylic

SEVEN(only intended for SEVEN desks)

H / W




-

WEIGHT POWDERMODEL NUMBER PRICE

Mobile Markerboard

Etch

Notes Proper care and simple daily maintenance will prolong markerboard life. The brand and color of marker may impact performance.

Additional sizing between 30 to 46 inches wide and 48 to 72 inches high available. Contact Watson customer service. Maximum width is 46 inches due to material constraints.

Product


20 30 60 WEM203060 1080 3920 36 60 WEM203660 1105 5020 42 60 WEM204260 1130 6220 46 60 WEM204660 1155 72

20 30 72 WEM203072 1150 5020 36 72 WEM203672 1175 6520 42 72 WEM204272 1200 7920 46 72 WEM204672 1225 90

2 3 4 WEMC020304 50 0.5

3 16 3 WEMS031603 25 1

2 1 3 WEMH020103 25 0.5

12 12 WEME1212 16 0.1

Magnetic Marker Cup

Magnetic Shelf

Magnetic Eraser Cloth

Magnetic Paper Hooks

D / W / H



45 3045 4545 6045 7545 90

40 3040 4540 6040 7540 90

45 3045 4545 6045 7545 90

29 4646 4692 46

29 4646 4692 46

MAWBD4530MAWBD4545MAWBD4560MAWBD4575MAWBD4590

MCAWBD4030MCAWBD4045MCAWBD4060MCAWBD4075MCAWBD4090

MCAWBD4530MCAWBD4545MCAWBD4560MCAWBD4575MCAWBD4590

MEW-2946MEW-4646MEW-9246

MEX-2946MEX-4646MEX-9246

---

---

502668779891

1002

557735857980

1102

557735857980

1102

474610

1014

434569975

H / W


Markerboards


Notes Whiteboards mount to the wall with supplied sheet metal cleats.

Whiteboard ships with two magnetic Seiri Bins.


Echo Markerboardw/ metal presentation board holders

Miro Conference Whiteboardw/ magnetic rail

Miro Whiteboardw/ tray & bins

Echo Markerboard



20 2928 2936 29

40 2956 2972 29

ML5502029NML5502829NML5503629N

ML5504029NML5505629NML5507229N

M2SLEG

M2PLEG

390390390

446502557

140

279

D / H


MIRO Bridge Leg Standard

S

MIRO Shared Bridge Leg

M2 Single Leg

M2 Leg Pair

Support Tools


Product

Notes MIRO leg depth must match worksurface depth.

MIRO Shared Bridge Leg is intended for pairing two tables of equal depth.



Support Tools

ZSAPERISE

ZSADERISE

ZSABRAKTS

ZSABRAKTM

MS570RISEN

112

85

112

112

112

POWDERPRICE

ZO Ped Support Riser

ZO Denza Support Riser

MODEL NUMBER

ZO Side Support Brackets for M2 Surfaces

ZO Side Support Bracketsfor Miro Surfaces

3 8 2

14 10 3

3 8 2

3 8 2

3 8 1

D / W / H

Screens Modesty Shields Whiteboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools

Product

MIRO Support Riser

Notes ZO Side Support Brackets allow ZO Side storage units to support worksurfaces. See page 100 for details.

When using Side Support Brackets or a ZO storage support cabinet, worksurface is non-adjustable at 291/2 inches high.

For Extended Corners or L shaped surfaces, use two ZO Denza Support Brackets.



MS552CPLTE

LSK-PLSK-PL

M2CPLWL

-

--

85

71203

362


MIRO & M2Connecting Plate*

StandardS

FUSION Connecting Plate w/ Leg

M2 Seam Kit

Support Tools


Notes Connecting plate kits are recommended for leg clearance optimization and are available for order separately. Field installation only.

* Recovered Pewter finish.

Product

LSK-P

LSK-PL



Cable Management


Notes MIRO metal grommet is 60mm.

FUSION & M2 plastic grommet is 21/2 inches.

Cable Channel is powdercoated steel and fixes to the leg magnetically.

Cable Channel Sizing

Table Height Cable Channel

17 High MACCH14 22 High MACCH14 29 High MACCH26 36 High MACCH33

Product

MAGRM

DAGR

MACCH14MACCH26MACCH33

DACK

57

29

738590

89

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

-

-

-

POWDER

FUSION & M2 Grommet

Cable Channel

MIRO Grommet

Cable Keeper



MACTR061529

DAV30DAV37

SVCCH16SVCCH17SVCCH21SVCCH24

SVHAR5

841

102122

85858585

35

29

16172124

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

MIRO ConferenceCable Tower

Cable Management


Notes Cable Tower consists of two acrylic faces attached to powder coated steel sides. One acrylic face is attached by magnet for easy access to technology cables. Multiple zip-tie points are included for clean cable management.

Cable Tower is recommended for use on 48 and 60 inch wide tables. Cable Tower fits 29 high tables only. Cable Tower Footprint is 4 inches by 14 inches.

Cable Tower connects to surface with two table connection brackets and wing nuts. Cable Tower ships with 5 zip-ties.

Vertebrae can be positioned under the worksurface to allow for flexible integration of power and data components.

Cable Keeper pouches are constructed of rugged 600-denier, black, commercial-grade fabric and hang under the worksurface to organize excess power and data wiring.

Vertical Vertebrae

--

-

POWDER

Product

SEVEN Cable Harness Set of 5

SEVEN Vertical Cable Channel

H




DALC

DAASDAAD

DASN

DADL

10

1620

5

8

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Leg Clips

Alligator Clips

Snaps

Dual Lock

Cable Management


Notes Leg Clips route cables down a desk leg.

Snaps provide additional cable management below the worksurface.

21/2 inch pieces of Dual Lock secure power blocks to the underside of the worksurface.

Product


Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools

MODEL NUMBER

DAKB

DAVKB

DAISE

DAISC

-

-

273

449

112

112

POWDERPRICE

FUSION Add-On Keyboard

FUSION Verve Add-On Keyboard

FUSION Impulse End Shroud

FUSION Impulse Corner Shroud

Desk Tools


Product

Notes Add-on keyboards feature the same characteristics as the FUSION bi-level keyboard and are retractable along a 24 inch track. Location of the keyboard track may be impacted by obstacles beneath the worksur-face and/or worksurface depth.

FUSION Impulse bases may be visually enhanced by the addition of magnetically fixed, perforated steel shrouds. Impulse Powerlift bases do not accept decorative shrouds.




DAWM

DACA

DACAL

DACS

ASDS

109

42

42

244

32

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Wrist Rest/Mouse Pad

Desk Casters

Locking Desk Casters

Retractable CPU Holder

Shelf DividersSet of 5

Desk Tools


Product

Notes Desk Casters are interchangeable with Glide Pads on the FUSION Extension Assembly.

Retractable CPU Holder incorporates a strap design that can be adjusted to fit most computer sizes. A slide track provides 5 inches of travel for ease of accessibility.



TCP

DADP

MADIN3

MADIN8

-

-

-

258

203

630

1453


CPU Trolley

Surface Mount Power

Desk Tools


MIRO Conference2-1 Drop-In Power

MIRO Conference5-3 Drop-In Power

Product

Notes CPU Trolley is an independent mobile unit used for housing technology.

Surface Mount Power is UL approved for direct mounting to any vertical or horizontal surface; 6 foot power cable and installation hardware is included. Not available for use with the Stretta Edge.

The 5-3 Power Drop-in ships with a pan that mounts to the underside of the table (below the drop-in) for additional cable management.



Screens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage ToolsScreens Modesty Shields Markerboards Support Tools Cable Management Desk Tools Storage Tools

M2ASTR30M2ASTR36M2ASTR42M2ASTR48M2ASTR54M2ASTR60M2ASTR66M2ASTR72M2ASTR78M2ASTR84

M2AADS30M2AADS36M2AADS42M2AADS48

M2AADS54M2AADS60M2AADS66M2AADS72M2AADS78M2AADS84

M2AADB30M2AADB36M2AADB42M2AADB48

M2AADB54M2AADB60M2AADB66M2AADB72M2AADB78M2AADB84

279279279279407412419424546557

201201206206

334341346352474480

185185190196

318324329334457463

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

M2 Electric StarterTwo Circuit

M2 Electric AdderSide To Side

Desk Tools

M2 Electric AdderSide To Side, Two Circuit

M2 Electric AdderBack To Back

M2 Electric AdderBack To Back, Two Circuit

Product

30364248546066727884

30364248

546066727884

30364248

546066727884

L



WATLW-BKWATLW-WAWATLW-WL

MBAHA

453453453

1882

MODEL NUMBER PRICE

Wave Light

Desk Tools

BlackAluminum

White

24 32 29-45

Beamer Cart

---

SURFACE / EDGE

POWDER

---

D / W / H

Product

Notes Beamer Carts provide a mobile, height-adjustable platform for LCD projectors and a secondary platform for laptop computers.

Beamer Cart load capacity is 100 lbs above the wheels and 20 lbs outside the wheels on the secondary platform.





24 830 836 8

22 34

WR24WR30WR36

WM2234

258258258

136

W / H


Werkrail

Desk Tools

Wall Mountable Werkwall

Product

Notes Werkrail is desk mounted for hanging Werktools.

Werkrail construction consists of a high density, polyethylene rail supported by 1/8 inch steel brackets. Maximum load capacity is 15 lbs.




4” Werkbin

2 8 7

3 4 4

3 6 4

4 13 9

WTWR

WTB4

WTB6

WTB13

47

56

61

89

D / W


Werkrack

6” Werkbin

13” Werkbin

Storage Tools Product

Notes Werkracks can be ganged up to three deep for folders and papers.





Storage ToolsPRICE

ZO Pad

MODEL NUMBER FABRIC

ZSACUSH2015ZSACUSH2415ZSACUSH3015

ZSACUSH2020

ZSADOT

ZSADASH2015ZSADASH2415ZSADASH3015

ZSADASH2020

ZSABDO1612

686890

73

156

364364364

364

78

ZO Dot

---

-

-

Notes Available only in Charcoal, the ZO Pad includes a non-skid material applied to bottom of the pad. 15 x 20 and 15 x 30 ZO Pads are intended for use with ZO Peds. The 20 x 20 ZO Pad is intended for use with ZO Denzas.

ZO Dot cushion consists of a covered foam material on a wood base. The ZO Dot is available in Dark Crimson, Xanadu, Chocolate and Smoke. To view color swatches, go to www.watsondesking.com/resources/finishes/zo.htm.

ZO Box Drawer Organizer hangers are always black.

20 1524 1530 15

20 20

16 16

20 1524 1530 15

20 20

16 12

D / W

ZO Dash

Product

ZO Box Drawer Organizer

POWDER

---

-

-

---

-


www.watsondesking.com/resources/finishes/zo.htm

www.watsondesking.com/resources/finishes/zo.htm



Storage ToolsPOWDERPRICEMODEL NUMBER FORBO

ZO Stak Markerboard

ZSASTW1524ZSASTW1530ZSASTW1536ZSASTW1548

ZSASTW2712ZSASTW2724ZSASTW2730ZSASTW2736ZSASTW2748

ZSASTW3912ZSASTW3924ZSASTW3930 ZSASTW3936ZSASTW3948

ZSATRAY1512ZSATRAY2012

WSCWSD

----

-----

-----

--

146156173201

140185206229274

190251284312374

5757

190190

ZO Shelf Tray

----

-----

-----

--

Notes The ZO Shelf Tray self-aligns when placed onto a ZO Through Shelf.

Watson Seiri Bins can be purchased for use with the ZO Shelf Tray. See page 263 for more information.

The MIRO Mat is intended to protect MIRO horizontal, steel veneer surfaces.

The MIRO Mat is made with Forbo material and includes a magnetic back for a secure attachment to MIRO horizontal, metal veneers.

The MIRO Mat has been undersized 3/8 inches (from size listed) in both dimensions for the most appropriate surface fit to MIRO storage cabinets.

15 24 15 3015 3615 48

27 1227 2427 3027 3627 48

39 1239 2439 3039 3639 48

15 12 20 12

20 6020 75

H / W

Product


Moto Seat Cushion




14 1514 15

17 3817 38

3 14 11

3 30 11

WWMLWWMR

WWCLWWCR

WMRS

WMRD

8383

122122

69

102

W / H

D / W / H


Moto Werkwall

Storage Tools

Cab Werkwall

LeftRight

LeftRight

Single Magazine Rack

Double Magazine Rack

Product

Notes Werkwalls attach to the sides of Motos and Cabs for hanging Werktools.

Magazine Racks have tabs that slide through slots in the back panels of Motos and Cabs.





FRAMES | Table of Contents

BasicsPanel DetailSupport & Design GuidelinesCorner Connections & End CoversHeight Logic with ZOFinishes

PanelsMonolithicSegmented

Connector Posts

Connectors

Power

Base Accessories

390390391392393394

395395397

401

402

404

407


FRAMES | Panel Detail

Features & Benefits

Panels are available in three heights and six widths. Choose monolithic panels with laminate or fabric or segmented panels finished with a combination of fabric, laminate, or glass.

The metal frame on both the monolithic and segmented panels is painted with a highly-durable, scratch resistant powdercoat which ensures a long-lasting, quality finish.

Panels ship with straight connectors that work for same height applications.

Dimensions & Growth Allowances

Panels are 2 inches deep.

There is no panel creep within the panels; outside the workstation, dimensions grow by 2 inches for every connecting post.

When fastened to a wall, connectors add 11/4 inches of creep to the panel run.

Lock Plate

Metal Frame

Fabric or Laminate Covering

Rigid Tackable Inner Core within the Fabric Panel

6 Inch Raceway Channel for UL Listed Panel System

21/4 Inch Adjustable Glide

8-Wire Duplex Opening (if wired)

Removable, Hinged Raceway Cover for Power/Data Capabilities

Powdercoat Finish

Telecommunication Opening

Powdercoated Metal Top Cap

Monolithic Panel Segmented Panel Connector Posts Connectors Power Base Accessories



FRAMES | Support and Design Guidelines

Example 1All panel runs must be supported at each end of the run and supported at least every 8 feet (maximum of 8 feet between supports). The minimum freestanding panel run is 36 inches.

Example 2When using a “T” configuration without other support, the return panels must be a minimum of 24 inches wide.

Example 3When using an “L” configuration without other support, each return panel must be a minimum of 42 inches wide. Return panels used without other support can be no more than 24 inches lower than the panel height in the unsupported run.

8’ Max

42” Min24” Min

8’ Max8’ Max

8’ Max

42” Min

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3



FRAMES | Corner Connections and End Covers

Order 2-way, 3-way or 4-way connector post to create desired panel configurations.

Post must be specified as Raceway or Non-Raceway.

Post can be used at same height or hi-lo connections.

For 2-way, 3-way and 4-way connections, specify post height as the height of the tallest panel in the connection.

For 2-way 120o connections, specify post height as the height of the shortest panel in the connection.

An End Cover must be specified for the panel end-of-run.

Connector Post 3-Way ConnectionConnector Post 2-Way Connection

W-PLCPTR66

66”

66”

W-PLCPLR66W-PLCPTR66

W-PLCPLR66

Connector Kit 3-Way Connection

Connector Kit 2-Way ConnectionConnector Post 4-Way Connection

W-PLCPXR66W-PLCPXR66 W-PLCPVR42

W-PLCPY

W-PLCPVR66

W-PLCPY


66”

42”

66”

66”

66”

42”

66”

66” 66”

66” 66”

66” 66”66”

66”

42”

42”

42”



FRAMES | Height Logic with ZO Storage


ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak Low

ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak Mid

ZO Denza Low, No Basewith ZO Stak High

ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Low

ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Mid

ZO Denza Low, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak High

ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak Low

ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak Mid

ZO Denza Mid, No Basewith ZO Stak High

ZO Denza Mid, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Low

ZO Denza Mid, ZO or Blade Basewith ZO Stak Mid

ZO Denza High with ZO Stak Low ZO Denza High with ZO Stak Mid ZO Denza High with ZO Stak High

42”

54”

66”

42”

54”

66”

42”

54”

66”

42”

54”

66”

42”

54”

66”


FRAMES | Finishes


Powdercoat

W5 Brilliant White

CH Charcoal

GY Satin Gray

Premium Laminate IB Biltmore Cherry

LQ Colombian Walnut

IJ Rio


Standard Laminate JN Asian Night

JS Asian Sand

EH Blond Echo

DZ Desert Zephyr

KM Kensington Maple

ZD Madagascar

EZ Misted Zephyr

MM Monticello Maple

RV River Cherry

ZA Shadow Zephyr

TW Tuscan Walnut

IZ Twilight Zephyr

Glass

ZG Clear

F3 Frosted

Textiles(Screens, ZO Dash) SPRITE COLLECTION

2V Harvest

7K Khaki

2I Linen

7Y Sky

2W Snow

DRIFT COLLECTION

0R Alabaster

0I Graphite

3K Mocha

9P Pebble

4T Slate

3J Storm


9B Amber

9A Angora

6D Asteroid

9H Birch

9U Cumin

6X Fossil

9E Goose

9R Graphite

1G Green Apple

6H Henna



42 2442 3042 3642 4242 4842 60

54 2454 3054 3654 4254 4854 60

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 4866 60

W-PLMR-4224F-PW-PLMR-4230F-PW-PLMR-4236F-PW-PLMR-4242F-PW-PLMR-4248F-PW-PLMR-4260F-P



409422437468488527

453469485518541585

485502520557582628

H / W


Fabricwith Raceway

Monolothic Panel

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

FABRIC OPTION

+ 25 + 25 + 27+ 28+ 30+ 34

+ 28+ 30+ 30+ 32+ 34+ 35

+ 28+ 30+ 32+ 34+ 35+ 41

Grade 2

22

Grade 3

33

+ 53+ 53+ 56+ 62+ 63+ 70

+ 60+ 62+ 63+ 69+ 72+ 77

+ 63+ 63+ 69+ 72+ 76+ 84

Grade 4

44

FABRICSIDE 1

FABRICSIDE 2


Notes Monolithic panels may be specified with same finish on both sides, or contrasted with different finishes on either side.

Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.

Each Raceway Panel is made with two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.

End covers are required for the end of every panel run.



42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48

54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48

W-PLMR-4224L-PW-PLMR-4230L-PW-PLMR-4236L-PW-PLMR-4242L-PW-PLMR-4248L-P



488502523559583

542561582620649582601623666697

H / W


Laminatewith Raceway

Monolithic Panel

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

LAMINATE OPTION

+ 21+ 21+ 23+ 25+ 23

+ 23+ 23+ 23+ 27+ 28

+ 23+ 25+ 28+ 27+ 32

StandardGG

PremiumPP

LAMINATESIDE 1

LAMINATESIDE 2


Notes Monolithic panels may be specified with same finish on either side, or contrasted with different finishes on either side.

Raceway panels are UL labeled and include 6 inch tall raceway channel.

Each Raceway panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.




42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48

54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48

W-PLSDR-4224LF-PW-PLSDR-4230LF-PW-PLSDR-4236LF-PW-PLSDR-4242LF-PW-PLSDR-4248LF-P



596612639684713

663687710760794

711735766815855

H / W


Desk HeightLaminate Lower/Fabric Upperwith Raceway

Segmented Panel

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

LAMINATE OPTION

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

StandardG

PremiumP

LAMINATE

FABRIC

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

FABRIC OPTION

+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15

+ 16+ 15+ 17+ 19+ 21

+ 19+ 21+ 21+ 23+ 27

Grade 22

Grade 33

+ 28+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31

+ 34+ 35+ 36+ 39+ 42

+ 42+ 44+ 45+ 48+ 55

Grade 44


Notes Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.

Each Raceway Panel has two sets of vertical knockouts for electrical duplex outlets and data communication ports.



30”

upper

lower


54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48

W-PLSBR-5424LFG-PW-PLSBR-5430LFG-PW-PLSBR-5436LFG-PW-PLSBR-5442LFG-PW-PLSBR-5448LFG-P

W-PLSBR-6624LFG-PW-PLSBR-6630LFG-PW-PLSBR-6636LFG-PW-PLSBR-6642LFG-PW-PLSBR-6648LFG-P

749774804859898

804830864921965

H / W


12-inch BeltlineLaminate Lower/Fabric Beltline/Glass Upper, with Raceway

Segmented Panel

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

LAMINATE OPTION

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

StandardG

PremiumP

LAMINATE

FABRIC

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

FABRIC OPTION

+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16

+ 14+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16

Grade 22

Grade 33

+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31

+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 31

Grade 44

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

GLASS OPTION

+ 34 + 36+ 38+ 40+ 42

+ 42 + 44+ 46+ 49+ 45

SmoothS

TexturedT

GLASS


Notes Glass panels are tempered.





12”

upper

beltline

30”

lower


42 2442 3042 3642 4242 4842 60

54 2454 3054 3654 4254 4854 60

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 4866 60

W-PLSHR-4224FG-PW-PLSHR-4230FG-PW-PLSHR-4236FG-PW-PLSHR-4242FG-PW-PLSHR-4248FG-PW-PLSHR-4260FG-P



676697726779811846

753781808863901941

808836871930974

1019

H / W


12-inch HeaderFabric Lower/Glass Upperwith Raceway

Segmented Panel

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

FABRIC OPTION

+ 11+ 11+ 12+ 13+ 13+ 13

+ 12+ 13+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 15

+ 13+ 13+ 14+ 14+ 15+ 16

Grade 22

Grade 33

FABRIC

GLASS

+ 23+ 23+ 25+ 26+ 28+ 28

+ 25+ 27+ 27+ 30+ 30+ 31

+ 26+ 27+ 28+ 30+ 31+ 32

GLASS OPTION

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

Grade 44

SmoothS

+ 35+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47

+ 41+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47

+ 35+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44+ 47

TexturedT


Notes Raceway panels are UL labeled and include a 6 inch tall raceway channel.




12”

upper

lower


42 2442 3042 3642 4242 48

54 2454 3054 3654 4254 48

66 2466 3066 3666 4266 48

W-PLSHR-4224LG-PW-PLSHR-4230LG-PW-PLSHR-4236LG-PW-PLSHR-4242LG-PW-PLSHR-4248LG-P



678698727780814

759786813871911

826852889948993

H / W


12-inch HeaderLaminate Lower/Glass Upperwith Raceway

Segmented Panel

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

LAMINATE OPTION

+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 11+ 13

+ 15+ 16+ 17+ 18+ 20

+ 26+ 28+ 28+ 30+ 32

StandardG

PremiumP

LAMINATE

GLASS

+ 0 + 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0+ 0

GLASS OPTION

+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44

+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 42+ 44

+ 38+ 38+ 40+ 44+ 44

SmoothS

TexturedT


Notes Glass panels use tempered glass.





12”

upper

lower


425466

425466

425466

W-PLCPLR42W-PLCPLR54W-PLCPLR66

W-PLCPTR42W-PLCPTR54W-PLCPTR66

W-PLCPXR42W-PLCPXR54W-PLCPXR66

124141155

130144159

126143156

H


2-Way with Raceway

3-Way with Raceway

4-Way with Raceway

Connector Posts


Notes Connector posts ship with a post cap, panel to post connectors, I-Beam connectors, corner alignment bracket, post alignment bracket and raceway cover.

Specify post height based on tallest panel at connection.

The 2-Way post is intended for use in 90o applications only. For linear applications, call customer service.



-

425466

-

-

W-PLCPY

W-PLCPVR42W-PLCPVR54W-PLCPVR66

W-PLHL

W-PLEC1ER

112

939698

18

30

H


3-Way Connector Kit

2-Way Connector Kit120o (V-Connection) w/Raceway

Hi-Lo Panel Connector Kit

Connectors

End Cover w/Raceway


Notes Connector Kits ship with I-Beam connectors, alignment clips, and top lock bar.

Specify post height based on shortest panel at connection.

With two or three station 120o layouts, a panel mounted end panels, return panels, or stationary pedestals are required at the end of each workstation.

Hi-lo panel connector kits are only required for straight 180o panel connections.

End Covers ship with top cap, end cap, and panel end cover.

End Covers are required at the end of a panel run.



-

425466

W-PCE8

W-PLWC42W-PLWC54W-PLWC66

-

24

122134144

H


Connector I-Beams

Adjustable Wall Connectors

Connectors


Notes Connector I-Beams are PVC plastic and used to connect panel to post, or panel to panel.

Adjustable wall connectors ship with outer channel with cap, inner channel, I-Beam connectors, and self tapping screws.

No wall attachment hardware is included.

Adjustable wall connectors add 11/16 inches of creep and adjusts up to an additional 7/8 inches. Specify height of panel mounting to wall.



Receptacle

End/Power Pole

W-EPF2

W-EPF3

W-EPFX

W-EP24W-EP30W-EP36W-EP42W-EP48W-EP60

W-EPS24W-EPS30W-EPS36W-EPS42W-EPS48W-EPS60

197

197

183

93101108112122134

108112122130141156

Type


Power-In Wiring

Power In-Feed NY Junction Box

Power

Pass Through Harness

Single BlockPass Through Harness


Notes NY Junction Box provides special power-in wiring to meet New York City electrical code.

NY Junction Box intended for use in 30 inch wide panel; use in larger panels would require modification by a certified electrician at install.

Pass Through Harness allows power through panel raceway.

Single Block Pass Through Harness will allow the use of one outlet per panel side.



W-ED1W-ED2W-ED3W-ED4

W-ED3D

W-ECH1

W-PLPCP10

W-EH24W-EH30W-EH36W-EH42W-EH48W-EH60

3030303030

63

286

134147164171177189


Duplex Outlet

Chicago Outlet Box

Power

End of Run Power Pole 123 Inches High

Duplex Wiring Harness


Notes Duplex Outlets cannot be used with W-EP pass through wiring.

Duplex Outlets are available with three integrated circuits 1, 2, or 3, one isolated circuit 4, and one isolated circuit 3.

Each outlet is rated at 15 amps; each circuit has a 20 amp max capacity. Isolated circuits are designated with orange triangle.

Chicago Outlet Box is intended for hard-wiring by electrician to meet Chicago city codes. Chicago Outlet Box cannot be used back to back; it must be used one duplex per side, per panel.

End of Run Power Pole includes 2 inch by 2 inch pole (two pieces), bottom trim, connecting pins, top ceiling trim, and hardware. When using end of run power pole, a connector post is not needed. Pole spans from floor to ceiling.

End of run power pole can hold up to 30 CAT-5 or CAT-6 cables (up to 19 if power and data in same pole). End of run power cannot be used with 120o connections.

The Duplex Wiring Harness includes a built-in jumper. Please specify Duplex Wiring Harness length to correspond with panel width. All outlet placements on the Duplex Wiring Harness are 12 inches from the edge of the panel.



W-FP3RJ45

W-FP4RJ45

W-SIJRJ11W-SIJRJ45

W-SIJR456S

W-QPBLANK

16

16

263091

7


3-Port Faceplate

4-Port Faceplate

Power

Snap-In Jack

Blank Faceplate Insert

RJ11 Cat 3R45 Cat 5E

R45 Cat 6

TYPE


Notes Specify RJ11 for 4 to 6 wire applications and RJ45 for 6 to 8 wire applications.

Faceplates and jacks are only available in black.

Recepticles will be specified to match powder finish selected.



W-TBASE

W-AG4W-AG12

W-AGC4W-AGC12

- -

- -

35

1738

1526


T-Base Stabilizing Foot


Adjustable Glides

Base Accessories

Adjustable Carpet Grippers

4 Pack12 Pack

4 Pack12 Pack



Watson | Terms and Conditions

Terms of Sale This Price List and these Terms of Sale supercede all previous price lists and terms. These prices and terms are subject to change without notice.

PricesList prices include freight costs as specified below. No other charges are included in Watson’s list prices unless otherwise specified in writing.

Terms of PaymentTerms of payment will be established based on the credit rating and credit information provided by and for specific customers. Orders are invoiced at time of shipment. Standard payment terms are 50/50; 50% due at time of order and 50% due at time of shipment. Approved credit levels may be extended to net thirty (30) days.

Past due accounts will be charged the lesser of 1-1/2% per month or the highest rate permitted by law plus all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.

TaxesThe Customer shall pay all sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale. Resale and/or exemption certificates must be forwarded to Watson at the time of order.

Order AcceptanceAll orders must be submitted in writing. Watson does not accept an order until the order is verified complete by Watson, which will include price information and anticipated arrival date. The Order Confirmation is the final expression of the contract between the Customer and Watson.

Order Changes and CancellationsPurchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Watson. Changes may affect delivery dates. Expenses incurred because of changes will be charged to Customer. In the event of cancellations, Customer will be liable for reasonable cancellation charges established by Watson. Orders for customized products and custom finishes hereinafter defined may not be cancelled.

ReturnsThe return of Products to Watson shall not be accepted.

Landed Freight ProgramOrder MinimumsOrder minimums have been determined to help us accurately compensate for our freight expenses on low-volume orders. Minimum order and freight charge rates for all territories have been specified below by zone.

Overseas and non-contiguous US shipments made to a prearranged departure port in any zone, will adhere to the defined order minimum and freight charges in that zone.

All shipments requiring cartoning are subject to an additional charge of 5% list. This charge applies when cartoning is requested by the customer for delivery in the contiguous US and Canada.

ZONE 1 King, Pierce, and Kitsap Counties, WANo freight charge. All prices are landed and Watson will pay freight.

ZONE 2 WA (outside King, Pierce, and Kitsap Counties), OR, and CAFor all orders less than $10,000 list, a freight charge of 5% list will be applied.

ZONE 3 Contiguous US (outside of WA, OR, and CA) and CanadaFor all orders less than $15,000 list, a freight charge of 5% list will be applied.

Shipping ProgramWatson employs an environmentally friendly shipping program that reduces costs and helps ensure furniture is delivered in the same condition as it left the factory. This careful handling may occasionally lengthen shipping times on LTL shipments.

At Watson’s discretion and if it is determined in the best interest of customers, alternative shipping methods may be used. Special requests including special shipping methods, delivery outside normal hours (8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday), inside delivery, etc. shall be subject to an additional charge. Watson utilizes 53 foot trailers as standard. Accommodations requiring alternative trailer sizes shall be subject to an additional charge.

Freight Claims Watson assumes responsibility for seeking recourse against third-party freight carriers provided the following provisions are met: (i) any damage to delivered product must be noted on the Bill of Lading (BOL), (ii) Watson retains the rights to deny responsibility for any damage not noted on BOL, (iii) any damage or missing product must be reported to Watson immediately and any claim not made within 7 days of delivery may not be accepte, (iv) any items requiring replacement must be photo-documented and are subject to approval by Watson.


Watson | Terms and Conditions (continued)

PackagingWorksurfaces and storage components are sent blanket wrapped. Frames are sent in cartons. The Customer may specify cartoning. When specifying cartoning for all items, add 5% of total list price.

StorageWatson may transfer Product to storage at the Customer’s risk and expense if the Customer is unable to take delivery of product as scheduled. Upon such transfer to storage, the Customer assumes risk of loss. Watson will invoice the Customer on a monthly basis for storage fees and the Customer will make payments in accordance with Watson’s standard payment terms.

Loss, Damage or DelayWatson shall not be liable for any loss, damage or delay resulting from forces beyond its reasonable control including fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, inability to obtain necessary labor, materials, or manufacturing facilities from usual sources, failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond its reasonable control.

In the event of any such delay, delivery will be postponed by such length of time as may be reasonably necessary to accommodate for the delay.

Customer’s Own Material (COM)Customers may request fabrics, surface materials, and powdercoats that are not standard to Watson’s finish offering according to the guidelines below (FRAMES not included).

Watson Customer Service will apprise customers of any possible impact on lead times resulting from the use of COM.

Watson shall not be responsible for the appearance or performance of any COM material and customer shall hold Watson harmless for any damages or losses arising out of, or related to, the use of the COM on the Product.

All requests for COM fabric must be tested and approved by Watson. An 8 inch by 8 inch sample swatch must be submitted to Watson for testing. Watson will notify customer of test results within 5 business days and provide written approval and a request form. Standard lead-time begins upon receipt of COM for production.

No price adjustments will be made for COM fabric.

Special Order Laminates Non-specialty laminates from suppliers that are not on our finish card will be available subject to a $500 list up-charge for recycling excess materials.

For requests concerning specialty laminates, please contact Customer Service, which will determine availability, schedule, and pricing.Evaluation of requests will take no longer than three business days.

WarrantyWatson warrants to the original Customer that the Products it manufactures are free of defects in craftsmanship and materials found during normal single shift usage of the products during the warranty period. Watson shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts. All separate component parts not manufactured by Watson (keyboard mechanisms, electric and data devices, etc.) shall be covered by the original manufacturer’s warranty.

This warranty does not apply to: Damage caused by a carrier Normal wear and tear Defects caused by improper installation Third party materials applied to the products Products subjected to improper use and conditions Damage resulting from misuse, negligence, accident or alterations Etch Markerboard writing surfaces

Warranty PeriodLifetime: All components manufactured by WatsonThree Years: Motors and other electrical components.Two Years: Etch Markerboard writing surfacesAll Other Components not Manufactured by Watson – period covered by the original manufacturer’s warranty

EXCEPT AS STATED ABOVE, WATSON MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES AS TO ANY PRODUCT AND IN PARTICULAR MAKES NO WAR-RANTY OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT EXCEPT FOR USE AS STANDARD OFFICE FURNITURE. PRODUCT REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT IS THE CUSTOMER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY AND ALL PRODUCT DEFECTS.

The remedies provided above are the Customer’s sole remedies for any failure of Watson to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of its products.

January 2014

26246 Twelve Trees Lane NW, Poulsbo, Washington 98370 | 800.426.1202 | www.watsonfurniture.com

comprehensive price list & sales guide -...

Documents